American Riggers Catalog

AmericanRigger’sSupply,Inc.

S L I N G S

L I F T I N G S Y S T E M S

A S S E M B L I E S

C A R G O C O N T R O L

S L I N G S

L I F T I N G S Y S T E M S

A S S E M B L I E S

C A R G O C O N T R O L

AmericanRigger’sSupply,Inc.

Am

eric

an

Rig

ger’s

Su

pply

Inc

✯ This page intentionally left blank ✯

“Quality Products Backed By Quality Service”

✯ IT’S THE AMERICAN WAY ✯

Serving the Midwest since 1970

ABOUT USAmerican Rigger’s Supply, Inc., is a sling fabrication company located in Kansas City,

Kansas. Our production and testing facilities, combined with our technical knowledge,

enable us to provide products and service unsurpassed anywhere. If it is made from wire

rope, chain, webbing, wire mesh, or continuous fiber, we can supply the size and

configuration suitable for your needs.

Our fabricated products are supported by an extensive number of product lines

which are closely related (please see listing on inside of back cover). These have been

added slowly and chosen carefully. We offer the best quality and value available. If a

non-standard lifting device is required, please allow us to assist you in the design and

fabrication.

• QualityFrom our inception, the emphasis has always been quality. Our slogan then, as now,

simply but emphatically, reads: “Quality Products Backed By Quality Service—It’s The

American Way.” Quality is carefully monitored, from purchased materials verification,

through each step on the fabrication process, to the final inspection prior to shipment.

Our products meet or exceed current industry and government requirements. Our test

facilities are state-of-the-art. This provides us with up-to-date information to ensure

that you are provided with products that conform to today’s high standards.

WIRE ROPEHow do you choose the best wire rope for your application? While for many jobs the

answer may be simple, the correct choice often requires knowledge and experience. Our

sales and service staff is willing and able to assist you in finding the right rope for the job.

• Representing:W.R.C.A. (Wireco, Union, MacWhite) • Bridon American • Casar America

FALL PROTECTIONIn addition to the lifting and rigging products, American Rigger’s Supply offers a

complete line of fall protection. Harnesses, lanyards, anchorage devices, and life lines

are all items that you can expect to find in stock and ready to ship. We represent a

variety of manufacturers, allowing us to provide you with the equipment best suited

for your specific requirements.

• Representing:D.B.I./Protecta • Fall Tech • French Creek • Guardian

A Few Words of CautionOur products are sold with the understanding that the

customer is completely familiar with their safe and

proper use and application. There are numerous

government and industry standards covering our

products. It is critical that, as a minimum, the user

follow all applicable guidelines. Failure of the product

can occur due to misapplication, abuse, or improper

maintenance. This failure may result in property

damage, personal injury, or death.

Ratings in this catalog are based on new or “in as

new” condition of the product. Rated capacity indicates

the greatest load a product can carry under usual

environmental conditions. Shock loading and

extraordinary conditions must be taken into account

when selecting products.

WarrantySeller warrants its products to be as specified in Seller’s

catalog. Any suggestions by Seller or Seller’s agents

regarding use, application, or suitability of the products

shall not be construed as a warranty unless confirmed

to be such in writing by Seller. Any Warranty, expressed

or implied as to quality, performance, or fitness for use

is always premised on the condition that the published

rated capacities apply only to new and unused

components and assemblies, that the mechanical

equipment on which such products are used is properly

designed and maintained, that such products are

properly stored, handled, used and maintained, and

properly inspected prior to each use. For products not

manufactured by the Seller, it extends to Buyer the

warranties of the manufacturer only.

C O N T E N T S

• IntroductionSafe Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Sling Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Sample Survey Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Environmental Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Operating Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

• Wire Rope SlingsSingle Part Body, Mechanical Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Single Part Body, Hand Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Cable Laid Body, Mechanical Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Multi-Part Body, Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Grommets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Sockets, Zinc or Resin Poured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Sockets, Swage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Fittings:Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

• Wire Rope AssembliesRope Specifications and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Button Ferrule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Shank Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Threaded Sleeve and Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Fork and Eye Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Stud and Turnbuckle Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Shank Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Open and Closed Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Strap Eye and Strap Fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Ring Eye and Oval Eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Pin Eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Jaw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Turnbuckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

• Synthetic SlingsGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Nylon & Polyester Type 1 & 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Nylon & Polyester Type 3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Nylon & Polyster Type 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Nylon & Polyster Type 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Attached Eye and Continuous Eye Wide-Lift . . . . . . . . . . 64

Tuflex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Keyflex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Triangles & Chokers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Sling Saver® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

• Wire Mesh SlingsLiftAll® Roughneck Mesh Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

• Alloy Chain SlingsGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Magnet Assemblies and Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Links and Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Stainless Steel Chain and Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

• Lifting BeamsBeams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Heavy Duty “C” Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Vacuum Lifters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Sheet Lifters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

• Cargo RestraintsRatchets and Buckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Winch Strap Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Flatbed Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

• Rigging HardwareEyebolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Turnbuckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Long Reach Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Wire Rope Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

I N T R O D U C T I O N

RISK MANAGEMENTOur products are often used in work environments that can be dangerous. Although

total elimination of risk is all but impossible, it can be managed. By definition, risk

management is a comprehensive set of actions which reduces the risk of a problem,

a failure, or an accident. We refer to this set of actions as a basic rigging plan. The

following is a list of questions requiring answers prior to making any lift.

• The Basic Rigging PlanWho is responsible (competent) for the rigging?

Are communications established?

Is the equipment the appropriate type?

Is the equipment properly identified?

Is the equipment in acceptable condition?

Are the working load limits adequate?

What is the weight of the load?

Where is the center of gravity?

What is the sling angle?

Will there be any angular or side loading?

Are slings padded from sharp edges?

Will the load be under control?

Is the load rigged to the center of gravity?

Is the hitch appropriate?

Is a tag line needed?

Is there any possibility of fouling?

Is the pathway clear of obstruction?

Are all personnel clear of the load?

Are there any unusual loading or environmental conditions?

Are there any other special requirements?

This catalog is designed to familiarize our customers with some of the

information required to answer these questions and formulate a rigging plan.

WARN

ING

: Do not use, or allow

the use of the products in this catalog, unless the user has read and understands the applicable instructions and product warnings. Inform

ation available upon request.

AMERICANRIGGER’SSUPPLY, INC.

913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547

1010 Kansas Ave.Kansas City, KS66105

2


SAFE LIFTINGAs a service to our customers, we offer assistance in

establishing and maintaining programs for safe lifting.

• SelectionChoosing the right product for the job is always

important. This is particularly so in lifting applications.

With combined experience in excess of 200 years, our

customer service staff will help you make the right

choice.

• InspectionSling inspections are available to all sling users.

• TrainingSeminars are provided in an effort to familiarize

end users with safe rigging practices in accordance

with industry best practices, OSHA regulations, and

the latest ASME B30.9 guidelines, i.e., “. . . sling users

shall be trained in the selection, inspection, cautions

to personnel, effects of environment, and rigging

practices . . .’

• Commitment To YouAmerican Rigger’s Supply offers the highest

quality products available. Quality is carefully

monitored—from purchased materials and product

verification, through order picking and fabrication, to

the final inspection prior to shipment. We offer pro-

ducts that meet or exceed industry and government

requirements. Our testing and inspection capabilities

allow us to verify compliance with today’s high

standards.

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547

1010 Kansas Ave.Kansas City, KS

66105

3


SLING APPLICATION

• HitchesEvery lift uses one of three basic hitches:

1. Vertical – The vertical, or straight, attachment is simply using a sling to connect

a lifting hook or other device to a load. Full rated load of the sling may be used,

but never exceeded. A tagline should be used on such a lift to prevent rotation,

which can damage the sling. A wire rope sling with a hand-tucked splice can

unlay and fail if the sling is allowed to rotate.

2. Choker – Choker Hitch configurations reduce the rated capacity of a sling by

20 to 25 percent. If a load is hanging free, the normal choke angle is

approximately 135°. When the choke angle is less than 120°, an adjustment in

the choker rated capacity must be made (see illustration below). Extreme care

should be taken to determine the choke angle as accurately as possible.

As indicated in the table below, the decrease in rated capacity is dramatic.

3. Basket – Basket hitches distribute a load equally between the two legs of a

sling, within limitations imposed by the angles at which legs are rigged to the

load (see discussion of sling angles).

Angle AdjustmentRated capacity adjustment for slings in choker hitchwhen angle is less than 120.° Choke angles greaterthan 135° are unstable and should not be used.

A basket hitch has twice the capacity of a single legonly if legs of sling are vertical. and only if D/d ratio is25:1 and it is vertical. D/d > 25:1 per ANSI B30.9.

Choker Hitch

RATED CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT

Choke IWRC and Fiber Core RopeAngle Percent of

(Degrees) Choker Rated Capacity

Over 120 100

90 – 120 87

60 – 89 74

30 – 59 62

Up to 29 49

Basket Hitch

CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT

PercentAngle of Single Leg

(Degrees) Capacity

90 200

60 170

45 140

30 100

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


4


• Sling AngleSling Angle (also called angle of loading) is the

angle measured between a horizontal plane and

the sling leg or body. This angle is very important

and can have a dramatic effect on the rated

capacity of the sling (see illustration below). As

illustrated at right, when this angle decreases, the

load on each leg increases. This principle applies

whether one sling is used to pull at an angle, in a

basket hitch, or for multilegged bridle slings. Sling

angles of less than 30° shall not be used.

Angles and StressHow do you carry two buckets of water? Theseillustrations typify the stresses imposed on slings whenthe legs are attached to the load at various angles.

Angles and Load

Sling Angles

Load Angle Factor

Sling Angle Load AngleDegrees (A°) Factor = L/H

90 1.00

60 1.155

50 1.305

45 1.414

30 2.00

LOAD ON EACH LEG OF SLING =(Load ÷ 2) x LOAD ANGLE FACTOR

ANSI B30.9 recommends against the use of ahorizontal sling angle smaller than 30.°

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

5


• ReevingReeving through connections to load increases load on

connections fitting by as much as twice.

Do not reeve!

• Triple and Quad Leg SlingsTriple leg slings have 50% more capacity than double leg only

if the center of gravity is in center of connection points and the legs

are adjusted properly (equal share of the load).

Quad leg slings offer improved stability but do not provide

increased lifting capacity.

CENTER OF GRAVITY (COG)The location of the center of gravity to the pick points is an

important consideration.

• COG and Sling LoadingWhen lifting vertically, the load will be shared equally if the

center of gravity is spaced equally between the pick points, as in the

first illustration at right. If the weight of the load is 10,000 lbs., then

each sling will have a load of 5,000 lbs. and each shackle and eyebolt

will also have a load of 5,000 lbs.

When the center of gravity is not equally spaced between the

pick points, as in the second illustration, the slings and fittings will

not carry an equal share of the load. The sling connected to the pick

point closest to the center of gravity will carry the greatest share of

the load. Sling 2 is closest to COG. It will have the greatest share of

load.

Sling 2 = 10,000 x 8 / (8+2) = 8,000

Sling 1 = 10,000 x 2 / (8+2) = 2,000

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


6


SLING INSPECTIONPROGRAMBased on ASME B30.9—2003

The inspection process for slings is one

requiring ongoing effort from the time a product

arrives until it has been deemed unfit for use. The

following is a breakdown for the types of

inspection required.

Types of Inspection:

(a) Initial Inspection. Before using any new or

repaired sling, it shall be inspected to ensure

that the correct sling is being used, as well as

to determine that the sling meets ASME

standards.

(b) Frequent Inspection. This inspection should

be made by the person handling the sling each

day the sling is used.

(c) Periodic Inspection. conducted by designated

personnel. Frequency of inspection should be

based on:

(1) frequency of sling use

(2) severity of service conditions

(3) experience gained of the service life of

slings used in similar appliactions

Periodic inspections should be conducted at

least annually with a written record of each

sling’s condition, utilizing the identification

for each sling as established by the user.

Initial and frequent inspections are relatively straightforward in terms of how

often they are done. Periodic inspection is required a minimum of once a year. You may

want to perform written inspections more frequently and track rejection rates until a

baseline can be established and goals can be set. If a good job is done on the frequent

inspections, you may find that an annual periodic is sufficient.

ASME B30.9 requires tagging of all slings. The inspection process should begin with

making sure that each sling has proper identification. The criteria for inspection can be

found on the following pages. A sample survey sheet is also included.

• Synthetic Web SlingsInspection: Each day before and during use where service conditions warrant, the

sling and all attachments shall be inspected by a competent person and removed from

service if damage or defects such as the following are visible:

1. Missing or illegible rated capacity tag

2. Cuts, snags, holes punctures, or tears in any part of the webbing

3. Excessive abrasive wear

4. Broken or worn threads in the stitching

5. Melting or charring in any part of the sling

6. Acid or caustic burns

7. Broken, cracked, distorted, pitted, or corroded fittings

8. Any modification or alteration such as knots or tying slings together

9. Other conditions, including visual damage, that cause doubt as to the continued use

of the sling

• Alloy Chain SlingsInspection: It is important to inspect slings regularly. Clean slings so that marks,

nicks, wear, and other conditions can be seen. Each chain link and component should

be individually inspected for the following conditions:

1. Missing or illegible tag

2. Twists or bends

3. Nicks or gouges

4. Excessive wear at bearing points (refer to wear allowance chart

5. Cracks

6. Stretch

7. Evidence of heat damage

8. Distorted, worn, or damaged master links, coupling links, or attachments, especially

spread in throat opening of hooks


of the sling

Each link or component having any condition listed above is to be marked with

paint to plainly indicate rejection and removed from service until properly repaired.

Wear Allowances

For CM Herc-Alloy 800 Chain

Chain Size Min. Allowable(inches) Thickness (inches)

7/32 .189

9/32 .239

3/8 .342

1/2 .455

5/8 .546

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

7


• Wire Rope SlingsInspection: No precise rules can be given for the determination of the exact time

for replacement of a sling since many variable factors are involved. Safety in this

respect depends largely upon the use of good judgement of an appointed person in

evaluating remaining strength in a used sling after allowance for deterioration disclosed

by inspection. Safety of sling operation depends on this remaining strength.

Conditions such as the following should be sufficient for questioning sling safety

and for consideration of replacement:

1. Ten randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay, or five broken wires in one

strand in one rope lay

2. Wear or scraping of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires

3. Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any other damage resulting in distortion of the rope

structure

4. Evidence of heat damage

5. End attachments that are cracked, deformed, or worn

6. For hooks, removal criteria as stated in ASME B30.10

7. Corrosion of the rope or end attachments

8. Missing or illegible tag


of the sling

• Synthetic Round SlingsInspection: Before each lift, inspect the sling for the following signs of damage.

If any are present, remove the sling from service.

1. Missing or illegible identification tag

2. Melting, charring, or weld splatter on any part of the sling

3. Holes, tears, cuts, abrasive wear, or snags that expose the core yarns

4. Knotting

5. Acid or alkali burns


of the sling

• Wire Mesh SlingsInspection: Remove the sling from service if

any of the following is visible:

1. A broken weld or brazed joint along the sling

edge

2. A broken wire in any part of the mesh

3. Reduction in wire diameter of 25% due to

abrasion or 15% due to corrosion

4. Lack of flexibility due to deterioration of the

mesh

5. Visible distortion or wear of either end fitting

6. Cracked end fitting

7. Other conditions, including visual damage,

that cause doubt as to the continued use of

the sling

SAMPLE SURVEY SHEETW

ARNIN

G: D

o not use, or allow the use of the products in this catalog, unless the user has read and understands the applicable instructions and product w

arnings. Information available upon request.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


8


A M E R I C A N R I G G E R ’ S S U P P L Y , I N C .1010 KANSAS AVENUE • KANSAS CITY, KANSAS 66105 • (913) 371-1357

LIFTING EQUIPMENT SURVEY

COMPANY NAME: __________________________ADDRESS: __________________________________CITY, STATE, ZIP: ______________________________

DATE: ____________________________________CONTACT: ____________________________________ACCT. MGR.: __________________________________

LOCATION OF PRODUCT MATERIAL SERIAL NO. MODEL SIZE LENGTH ATTACHMENTSIN PLANT

O.K. COMMENTSREPAIRSCRAP








WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

9


ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS

• Chemical EnvironmentsChemically active environments, such as acids and caustics, can affect the strength

of slings. The sling manufacturer should be consulted before slings are used in such

environments.

Prolonged exposure to sunlight or ultraviolet light adversely affect the strength

of nylon and polyester. Slings become bleached and stiff.

Operating Temperatures for Slings

(degrees Fahrenheit)

Minimum Maximum

Alloy Chain (grade 80) -40 400*

Alloy Chain (grade 80) -40 400*

Wire Rope (FC) -60 180

Wire Rope (IWRC) -60 400

Metal Mesh -20 550

Nylon & Polyester -40 194

*above 400° consult manufacturer

Chemical Environment Data for Polyster and Nylon

Strong BleachingAcids Alcohols Aldehydes Alkalis Agents Ethers Oils

Nylon NO OK OK OK NO OK OK

Polyester * OK NO ** OK NO OK

*disintegrated by concentrated sulfuric acid

**degraded by strong alkalis at elevated temperatures

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


10


OPERATING PRACTICES1. Determine the weight of the load. The weight

of the load shall be within the rated capacity

of the sling.

2. Select a sling of suitable type and material for

the load, hitch, and environment.

3. Slings that appear to be damaged shall not be

used unless inspected and accepted.

4. Slings shall be hitched in a manner that

provides control of the load and prevents load

slippage.

5. Slings shall not be loaded in excess of the

rated capacity. Consideration shall be given to

the sling to load angle which affects rated

capacity (see load chart).

6. Slings with fittings which are used as a choker

hitch shall be of sufficient length to assure

that the choking action is on the webbing

and never on a fitting.

7. The opening in fittings shall be the proper

size and shape to insure that the fitting will

seat properly in the hook or other

attachments.

8. Slings equipped with metal fittings shall not

be dropped.

9. Slings shall be protected from being damaged by sharp corners, sharp edges,

protrusions, or abrasive surfaces.

10. Slings shall not be dragged on the floor or over abrasive surfaces.

11. Slings shall not be twisted, tied in knots, or joined by knotting.

12. During lifting, with or without a load, personnel shall be alert for possible snagging

or bumping.

13. Shock loading shall be avoided.

14. The sling’s legs shall contain or support the load from the sides above the center of

gravity when using a basket hitch.

15. Slings shall be long enough so that the rated capacity of the sling is adequate when

the angle of the legs is taken into consideration (see load chart).

16. Personnel, including portions of the human body, shall be kept from between the

sling and the load, and from the sling and the lifting hook.

17. Personnel shall stand clear of loads about to be lifted and stand clear of suspended

loads.

18. Personnel shall not ride the sling.

19. Personnel shall stand clear of a sling under tension. The sudden release of tension

due to failure of the sling, a fitting, or attachment can cause the sling to recoil with

lethal force.

20. Slings shall not be pulled from under a load with the load resting on the sling. Place

blocks under the load prior to setting down the load to allow the removal of the

slings.

21. Nylon and Polyester slings shall not be used at temperatures above 194° Fahrenheit

(90° C).

22. Exposure to sunlight or ultraviolet light degrades the strength of slings. Store slings

in a cool, dry, and dark place when not in use.

Additional requirements and safe operating practices are outlined in current OSHA and

ANSI/ASME B30.9 and/or other regulations as applicable.

W I R E R O P E S L I N G S

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


12


• Single Part Body,Mechanical SpliceThe eye or loop end preparation is formed

using the Flemish Eye Splice. This splice is then

secured by swaging a metal sleeve over the strang

ends, at the junction of the splice. There are no

exposed wires and serving is not required.

The swaged metal sleeve flows around the

wires and prevents the strands from unlaying.

Depending on the application, the sleeve can be

steel, aluminum, or stainless steel.

A single part, mechanical splice sling is

economical, offers the highest rated capacity of any

spliced sling, and loads are applied along the center

line of the sling.

CAUTION: Refer to Introduction: Sling Application.

Flemish Eye Splice

The Flemish Eye is spliced by unlaying one-half of the strands from the other half andthe core. The two halves are joined at thebearing point of the eye and laid back in theopposite direction. The final step is to securethe strands with a metal sleeve.

AS 110-E-E, T, TH, S, J, & KRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) EIP-IWRC

1⁄4 .65 .48 1.3 1.1 .91 .65 2 45⁄16 1 .74 2 1.7 1.4 1 21⁄2 53⁄8 1.4 1.1 2.9 2.5 2 1.4 3 67⁄16 1.9 1.4 3.9 3.4 2.7 1.9 31⁄2 71⁄2 2.5 1.9 5.1 4.4 3.6 2.5 4 89⁄16 3.2 2.4 6.4 5.5 4.5 3.2 41⁄2 95⁄8 3.9 2.9 7.8 6.8 5.5 3.9 5 103⁄4 5.6 4.1 11 9.7 7.9 5.6 6 127⁄8 7.6 5.6 15 13 11 7.6 7 14

1 9.8 7.2 20 17 14 9.8 8 1611⁄8 12 9.1 24 21 17 12 9 1811⁄4 15 11 30 26 21 15 10 2013⁄8 18 13 36 31 25 18 11 2211⁄2 21 16 42 37 30 21 12 2415⁄8 24 18 49 42 35 24 13 2613⁄4 28 21 57 49 40 28 14 282 37 28 73 63 52 37 16 3221⁄4 44 35 89 77 63 44 18 3621⁄2 54 42 109 94 77 54 20 4023⁄4 65 51 130 113 92 65 22 443 77 60 153 133 108 77 24 4831⁄2 102 79 203 176 144 102 28 56

Vertical Choker* Basket Hitches

Eye DimensionsIn Inches

A B

RopeDiameterIn Inches

Rated capacities basket hitch based on D/d ratio of 25. Rated capacities based on pindiameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominal sling diameter.Rated capacities based on design factor of 5. Horizontal sling angles less than 30°shall not be used. All capacities are based on new and unused slings.

* See Choker Hitch Rated Capacity Adjustment.

AS 110-

E-E

T TH

S J

K

AS 120-TTHRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

1⁄4 .97 .79 .56 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 3⁄4 15⁄16 37⁄32

5⁄16 1.5 1.2 .87 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 1 11⁄32 321⁄32

3⁄8 2.2 1.8 1.2 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄16 43⁄32

7⁄16 2.9 2.4 1.7 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄4 2 17⁄32 411⁄16

1⁄2 3.8 3.1 2.2 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄4 3 11⁄2 53⁄49⁄16 4.8 3.9 2.8 1 8 4 3 11⁄2 53⁄45⁄8 5.9 4.8 3.4 1 8 4 5 17⁄8 73⁄83⁄4 8.4 6.9 4.9 1 8 4 5 17⁄8 73⁄87⁄8 11 9.3 6.6 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄8 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

1 15 12 8.5 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄8 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

11⁄8 18 15 10 11⁄2 12 6 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

11⁄4 22 18 13 13⁄4 12 6 15 33⁄8 121⁄213⁄8 27 22 15 13⁄4 12 6 15 33⁄8 121⁄211⁄2 32 26 18 2 14 7 22A 33⁄8 121⁄215⁄8 37 30 21 2 14 7 30A 4 141⁄16

13⁄4 43 35 25 21⁄4 16 8 37A 41⁄4 185⁄16

2 55 45 32 21⁄2 16 8 45A 43⁄4 201⁄4

Alloy Oblong Link HookD L W WLL** E R


Rated capacities basket hitch based on D/d ratio of 25. Rated capacitiesbased on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than thenominal sling diameter. Rated capacities based on design factor of 5.Horizontal sling angles less than 30° shall not be used. All capacities arebased on new and unused slings.


** Working Load Limit.

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

13


AS 110-EEDRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

1⁄4 .41 2 45⁄16 .64 21⁄2 53⁄8 .92 3 67⁄16 1.2 31⁄2 71⁄2 1.6 4 89⁄16 2 41⁄2 95⁄8 2.5 5 103⁄4 3.6 6 127⁄8 4.8 7 14

1 6.3 8 1611⁄8 7.9 9 1811⁄4 10 10 2013⁄8 12 11 2211⁄2 14 12 24

Choker*


A B


AS 120-TTDRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

1⁄4 .71 .58 .41 1⁄2 5 21⁄25⁄16 1.1 .91 .64 1⁄2 5 21⁄23⁄8 1.6 1.3 .92 1⁄2 5 21⁄27⁄16 2.2 1.8 1.2 1⁄2 5 21⁄21⁄2 2.8 2.3 1.6 5⁄8 6 39⁄16 3.5 2.9 2 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄45⁄8 4.3 3.5 2.5 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄43⁄4 6.2 5.1 3.6 1 8 47⁄8 8.4 6.9 4.8 1 8 4

1 11 8.9 6.3 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄811⁄8 14 11 7.9 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄811⁄4 17 14 9.7 11⁄2 12 613⁄8 20 17 12 13⁄4 12 611⁄2 24 20 14 13⁄4 12 6

2-Leg Choker*Alloy Oblong Link

D L W


AS 110-EED

AS 120-TTH

AS 120-TTD

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


14



1⁄4 1.5 1.2 .84 11⁄2 3 41⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 115⁄16 37⁄32

5⁄16 2.3 1.8 1.3 11⁄2 3 41⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄32 321⁄32

3⁄8 3.2 2.6 1.9 13⁄4 31⁄2 51⁄4 7⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄16 43⁄32

7⁄16 4.4 3.6 2.5 2 4 6 1 2 17⁄32 411⁄16

1⁄2 5.7 4.6 3.3 2 4 6 1 3 11⁄2 53⁄49⁄16 7.2 5.8 4.1 21⁄4 41⁄2 61⁄2 11⁄8 3 11⁄2 53⁄45⁄8 8.8 7.2 5.1 21⁄2 5 71⁄2 11⁄4 5 17⁄8 73⁄83⁄4 13 10 7.3 31⁄4 61⁄2 93⁄4 15⁄8 5 17⁄8 73⁄87⁄8 17 14 9.9 31⁄2 7 101⁄2 13⁄4 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

1 22 18 13 31⁄2 7 101⁄2 13⁄4 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

11⁄8 27 22 16 4 8 12 2 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

11⁄4 33 27 19 41⁄2 9 131⁄2 21⁄4 15 33⁄8 121⁄213⁄8 40 33 23 5 10 15 21⁄2 15 33⁄8 121⁄211⁄2 48 39 27 5 10 15 21⁄2 22A 33⁄8 121⁄2

Alloy Pear Link HookA B C D WLL** E R



1⁄4 1.9 1.6 1.1 11⁄2 3 41⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 115⁄16 37⁄32

5⁄16 3 2.5 1.7 11⁄2 3 41⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄32 321⁄32

3⁄8 4.3 3.5 2.5 13⁄4 31⁄2 51⁄4 7⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄16 43⁄32

7⁄16 5.9 4.8 3.4 2 4 6 1 2 17⁄32 411⁄16

1⁄2 7.6 6.2 4.4 21⁄2 5 71⁄2 11⁄4 3 11⁄2 53⁄49⁄16 9.5 7.8 5.5 23⁄4 51⁄2 81⁄4 13⁄8 3 11⁄2 53⁄45⁄8 12 9.6 6.8 3 6 9 11⁄2 5 17⁄8 73⁄83⁄4 17 14 9.7 31⁄2 7 101⁄2 13⁄4 5 17⁄8 73⁄87⁄8 23 19 13 31⁄2 7 101⁄2 13⁄4 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

1 30 24 17 4 8 12 2 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

11⁄8 36 30 21 41⁄2 9 131⁄2 21⁄4 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

11⁄4 44 36 26 5 10 15 21⁄2 15 33⁄8 121⁄213⁄8 54 44 31 6 12 18 3 15 33⁄8 121⁄211⁄2 63 52 37 6 12 18 3 22A 33⁄8 121⁄2

Alloy Pear Link HookA B C D WLL** E R


Rated capacities basket hitch based on D/d ratio of 25. Rated capacities based on pin diameter no largerthan natural eye width or less than the nominal sling diameter. Rated capacities based on design factorof 5. Horizontal sling angles less than 30° shall not be used. All capacities are based on new and unusedslings. Rated capacities for 3 and 4 leg bridle slings are based on equal leg loading, with the sling anglebeing the smallest angle measured between any sling leg and the horizontal plane of the load.



AS 140-TTH

AS 130-TTH

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

15


• Single Part Body, Hand SpliceThe eye or loop end preparation is formed

using the Tapered Eye Hand Splice. This splice does

not require a metal sleeve to secure the eye. When

the splice is both Tapered and Concealed, there are

no exposed wires and serving is not required. When

the splice is Tapered and the strand ends are

trimmed with a torch, serving may be requested.

The Single Part, Hand Splice sling provides

more flexibility than a Mechanical Splice sling of

equal diameter and has a narrower profile for fitting

through tight spaces.

Single Part, Hand Splice slings with a diameter

through 11⁄2˝ are made using the “Tapered and

Concealed” Hand Splice. Diameters larger than 11⁄2˝

are made using the “Burnt End” Hand Splice.


Tapered Eye Splice

The Tapered Eye Hand Splice is made by form-ing a loop, unlaying the strands in the tail,and tucking the strands back into the slingbody. The strand ends are either concealed in-side the sling body or are left exposed andtrimmed with a torch.

WARNING: Hand Spliced slings should not beused in lifts where the sling is free to rotate andunlay the sling body.

AS 115-E-E, T, TH, S, J, & KRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

1⁄4 .49 .38 .99 .85 .70 .49 2 45⁄16 .76 .60 1.5 1.3 1.1 .76 21⁄2 53⁄8 1.1 .85 2.1 1.9 1.5 1.1 3 67⁄16 1.4 1.2 2.9 2.5 2 1.4 31⁄2 71⁄2 1.8 1.5 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.8 4 89⁄16 2.3 1.9 4.6 4 3.2 2.3 41⁄2 95⁄8 2.8 2.3 5.6 4.9 4 2.8 5 103⁄4 3.9 3.3 7.8 6.8 5.5 3.9 6 127⁄8 5.2 4.5 10 8.9 7.3 5.2 61⁄2 13

1 6.7 5.9 13 12 9.5 6.7 7 1411⁄8 8.4 7.4 17 15 12 8.4 71⁄2 1511⁄4 10 9 21 18 15 10 8 1613⁄8 12 11 25 22 18 12 81⁄2 1711⁄2 15 13 29 25 21 15 9 1815⁄8 17 15 34 30 24 17 91⁄2 1913⁄4 20 17 40 34 28 20 10 202 26 22 51 44 36 26 12 2421⁄4 32 28 64 55 45 32 14 2821⁄2 39 34 78 68 55 39 16 32



A B




T TH

S J

K

AS 115-

E-E

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


16



1⁄4 .85 .7 .49 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 3⁄4 5⁄16 37⁄32

5⁄16 1.3 1.1 .76 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 1 11⁄32 321⁄32

3⁄8 1.9 1.5 1.1 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄16 43⁄32

7⁄16 2.5 2 1.4 5⁄8 6 3 11⁄2 11⁄16 43⁄32

1⁄2 3.2 2.6 1.8 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄4 2 17⁄32 411⁄16

9⁄16 4 3.2 2.3 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄4 3 11⁄2 53⁄45⁄8 4.9 4 2.8 1 8 4 3 11⁄2 53⁄43⁄4 6.8 5.5 3.9 1 8 4 5 17⁄8 73⁄87⁄8 8.9 7.3 5.2 1 8 4 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

1 12 9.5 6.7 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄8 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

11⁄8 15 12 8.4 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄8 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

11⁄4 18 15 10 11⁄2 12 6 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

13⁄8 22 18 12 13⁄4 12 6 15 33⁄8 121⁄211⁄2 25 21 15 13⁄4 12 6 15 33⁄8 121⁄2



Rated capacities basket hitch based on D/d ratio of 15. Rated capacities based on pin diameterno larger than 1⁄2 the length of the eye or less than the nominal sling diameter. Ratedcapacities based on design factor of 5. Horizontal sling angles less than 30° shall not be used.All capacities are based on new and unused slings.




1⁄4 .38 2 45⁄16 .6 21⁄2 53⁄8 .85 3 67⁄16 1.2 31⁄2 71⁄2 1.5 4 89⁄16 1.9 41⁄2 95⁄8 2.3 5 103⁄4 3.3 6 127⁄8 4.5 61⁄2 13

1 5.9 7 1411⁄8 7.4 71⁄2 1511⁄4 9 8 1613⁄8 11 81⁄2 1711⁄2 13 9 18

Choker*


A B



1⁄4 .66 .54 .38 1⁄2 5 21⁄25⁄16 1 .84 .6 1⁄2 5 21⁄23⁄8 1.5 1.2 .85 1⁄2 5 21⁄27⁄16 2 1.6 1.2 5⁄8 6 31⁄2 2.6 2.1 1.5 5⁄8 6 39⁄16 3.3 2.7 1.9 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄45⁄8 4 3.3 2.3 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄43⁄4 5.8 4.7 3.3 1 8 47⁄8 7.8 6.4 4.5 1 8 4

1 10 8.3 5.9 1 8 411⁄8 13 10 7.4 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄811⁄4 16 13 9 11⁄2 12 613⁄8 19 15 11 11⁄2 12 611⁄2 22 18 13 13⁄4 12 6


D L W


AS 115-EED

AS 125-TTH

AS 125-TTD

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

17


• Cable Laid Body,Mechanical SpliceCable Laid Slings are fabricated from a

machine made rope comprised of seven wire ropes.

The cable laid body is typically 7x7x7 or 7x7x19

construction. These slings are used where flexibility

and resistance to kinking and setting are more

important than resistance to abrasion. Since the

rope is made up of many smaller wire ropes, the

slings can bend around smaller diameters without

taking a permanent set or kink. The many small

wires are susceptible to abrasion.

Due to their construction, cable laid slings are

normally mechanically spliced. The rated capacity

adjustment Table 1 for choker hitches applies to

cable laid slings as well.


Flemish Eye Splice

The Flemish Eye is spliced by unlaying one-half of the strands from the other half andthe core. The two halves are joined at thebearing point of the eye and laid back in theopposite direction. The final step is to securethe strands with a metal sleeve.

AS 510-E-E, T, TH, S, J, & KRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

1⁄4 .5 .35 1 .87 .71 .50 2 43⁄8 1.1 .8 2.2 1.9 1.5 1.1 3 61⁄2 1.9 1.3 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.9 4 85⁄8 2.8 1.9 5.5 4.8 3.9 2.8 5 103⁄4 4.1 2.8 8.1 7 5.8 4.1 6 127⁄8 5.4 3.8 11 9.3 7.6 5.4 7 14

1 6.9 4.8 14 12 9.7 6.9 8 1611⁄8 8.3 5.8 17 14 12 8.3 9 1811⁄4 9.9 6.9 20 17 14 9.9 10 20



A B




7x7x

197x

7x7

AS 510-

E-E

T TH

S J

K

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


18



1⁄4 .87 .71 .5 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 3⁄4 15⁄16 37⁄32

3⁄8 1.9 1.5 1.1 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄16 43⁄32

1⁄2 3.2 2.6 1.9 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄4 2 17⁄32 411⁄16

5⁄8 4.8 3.9 2.8 1 8 4 3 11⁄2 53⁄43⁄4 7 5.8 4.1 1 8 4 5 17⁄8 73⁄87⁄8 9.3 7.6 5.4 1 8 4 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

1 12 9.7 6.9 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄8 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

11⁄8 14 12 8.3 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄8 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

11⁄4 17 14 9.9 11⁄2 12 6 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

Oblong Link Carbon Steel HookD L W WLL** E R


7x7x

197x

7x7





1⁄4 .35 2 43⁄8 .8 3 61⁄2 1.3 4 85⁄8 1.9 5 103⁄4 2.8 6 127⁄8 3.8 7 14

1 4.8 8 1611⁄8 5.8 9 1811⁄4 6.9 10 20

Choker*


A B


7x7x

197x

7x7


1⁄4 .61 .5 .35 1⁄2 5 21⁄23⁄8 1.3 1.1 .76 1⁄2 5 21⁄21⁄2 2.2 1.8 1.3 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄45⁄8 3.4 2.7 1.9 1 8 43⁄4 4.9 4 2.8 1 8 47⁄8 6.5 5.3 3.8 1 8 4

1 8.3 6.8 4.8 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄811⁄8 10 8.2 5.8 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄811⁄4 12 9.8 6.9 11⁄2 12 6

2-Leg Choker*Oblong Link

D L W


7x7x

197x

7x7

AS 510-EED AS 520-TTHAS 520-TTD

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

19



1⁄4 1.3 1.1 .76 11⁄4 21⁄2 33⁄4 5⁄8 3⁄4 15⁄16 37⁄32

3⁄8 2.8 2.3 1.6 11⁄2 3 41⁄2 3⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄16 43⁄32

1⁄2 4.8 3.9 2.8 2 4 6 1 2 17⁄32 411⁄16

5⁄8 7.2 5.9 4.2 2 4 6 1 3 11⁄2 53⁄43⁄4 11 8.6 6.1 21⁄2 5 71⁄2 11⁄4 5 17⁄8 73⁄87⁄8 14 11 8.1 3 6 9 11⁄2 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

1 18 15 10 31⁄2 7 101⁄2 13⁄4 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

11⁄8 21 18 12 31⁄2 7 101⁄2 13⁄4 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

11⁄4 26 21 15 4 8 12 2 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

Alloy Pear Link Carbon Steel HookA B C D WLL** E R


7x7x

197x

7x7


1⁄4 1.7 1.4 1 11⁄2 3 41⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 15⁄16 37⁄32

3⁄8 3.8 3.1 2.2 13⁄4 31⁄2 51⁄4 7⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄16 43⁄32

1⁄2 6.4 5.2 3.7 21⁄2 5 71⁄2 11⁄4 2 17⁄32 411⁄16

5⁄8 9.6 7.8 5.5 21⁄2 5 71⁄2 11⁄4 3 11⁄2 53⁄43⁄4 14 12 8.1 3 6 9 11⁄2 5 17⁄8 73⁄87⁄8 19 15 11 31⁄2 7 101⁄2 13⁄4 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

1 24 19 14 4 8 12 2 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

11⁄8 29 23 17 4 8 12 2 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

11⁄4 34 28 20 41⁄2 9 131⁄2 21⁄4 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

Alloy Pear Link Carbon Steel HookA B C D WLL** E R


7x7x

197x

7x7

Rated capacities basket hitch based on D/d ratio of 10. Rated capacities based on pin diameter no largerthan 1⁄2 the length of the eye or less than the nominal sling diameter. Rated capacities based on designfactor of 5. Horizontal sling angles less than 30° shall not be used. All capacities are based on new andunused slings. Rated capacities for 3 and 4 leg bridle slings are based on equal leg loading, with thesling angle being the smallest angle measured between any sling leg and the horizontal plane of theload.



AS 540-TTH

AS 530-TTH

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


20


• Multi Part Body,BraidMulti-part slings are flexible, snug up

tightly around the load in choker hitches,

and quickly regain shape after a lift.

They also offer outstanding handling

characteristics, particularly in larger rated

capacities. When loaded, stress is equally

distributed to all rope parts in the sling

body due to the helical manner in which

ropes are laid together.

Braided slings are formed by

continuously plaiting, or braiding, several

ropes together to form the sling body and

both eyes in a single fabrication operation.

Ends of individual ropes are usually hand-

tucked or mechanically spliced into

component ropes of the body. Eyes are

wrapped and given a rubberized coating

since eyes are not braided.

Braided slings are often selected

where loads must be rolled or maneuvered,

since the design creates friction to grip

loads and resists rotation.

BRAID 1 LEG EE 3-PARTRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

# 1⁄8 1⁄4 .42 .37 .84 .73 .59 .42 3 63⁄16 3⁄8 .65 .57 1.3 1.1 .92 .65 3 61⁄4 1⁄2 1.2 1 2.3 2 1.6 1.2 4 85⁄16 5⁄8 1.8 1.6 3.6 3.1 2.5 1.8 4 83⁄8 3⁄4 2.6 2.2 5.1 4.4 3.6 2.6 5 107⁄16 7⁄8 3.5 3 6.9 6 4.9 3.5 6 121⁄2 1 4.5 3.9 9 7.8 6.4 4.5 6 129⁄16 11⁄8 5.7 5 11 9.8 8 5.7 71⁄2 155⁄8 11⁄4 7 6.1 14 12 9.9 7 9 183⁄4 11⁄2 10 8.7 20 17 14 10 10 207⁄8 13⁄4 14 12 27 23 19 14 12 24

1 2 18 15 35 30 25 18 15 30# 1⁄8 1⁄4 .57 .5 .59 .99 .81 .57 3 6

3⁄16 3⁄8 .95 .83 1.3 1.6 1.3 .95 3 61⁄4 1⁄2 1.7 1.5 2.3 2.9 2.4 1.7 4 85⁄16 5⁄8 2.6 2.3 3.6 4.5 3.7 2.6 4 83⁄8 3⁄4 3.7 3.3 5.1 6.5 5.3 3.7 5 107⁄16 7⁄8 5.1 4.4 6.9 8.8 7.2 5.1 6 121⁄2 1 6.6 5.7 9 11 9.3 6.6 6 12



A B

SlingDiameterIn Inches




# Made with 7x19 GAC component rope.

MEC

HAN

ICAL

HAN

D SP

LICE

D

BRAID 1 LEG EE3-PART

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

21


BRAID 2 LEG CHOKE3-PART

BRAID 2 LEG BRIDLE3-PART

BRAID 2 LEG CHOKE 3-PARTRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

# 1⁄8 1⁄4 .37 .64 .52 .37 1⁄2 5 21⁄23⁄16 3⁄8 .57 .99 .81 .57 1⁄2 5 21⁄21⁄4 1⁄2 1 1.7 1.4 1 1⁄2 5 21⁄25⁄16 5⁄8 1.6 2.7 2.2 1.6 5⁄8 6 33⁄8 3⁄4 2.2 3.9 3.2 2.2 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄47⁄16 7⁄8 3 5.3 4.3 3 1 8 41⁄2 1 3.9 6.8 5.6 3.9 1 8 49⁄16 11⁄8 5 8.6 7 5 1 8 45⁄8 11⁄4 6.1 11 8.7 6.1 1 8 43⁄4 11⁄2 8.7 15 12 8.7 11⁄2 12 6

# 1⁄8 1⁄4 .5 .86 .71 .5 1⁄2 5 21⁄23⁄16 3⁄8 .83 1.4 1.2 .83 1⁄2 5 21⁄21⁄4 1⁄2 1.5 2.5 2.1 1.5 5⁄8 6 35⁄16 5⁄8 2.3 4 3.2 2.3 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄43⁄8 3⁄4 3.3 5.7 4.6 3.3 1 8 47⁄16 7⁄8 4.4 7.7 6.3 4.4 1 8 41⁄2 1 5.7 9.9 8.1 5.7 1 8 4


D L W

SingleLeg

Choker*



MEC

HAN

ICAL

HAN

D SP

LICE

D

BRAID 2 LEG BRIDLE 3-PARTRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

# 1⁄8 1⁄4 .73 .59 .42 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 3⁄4 15⁄16 37⁄32

3⁄16 3⁄8 1.1 .92 .65 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 3⁄4 15⁄16 37⁄32

1⁄4 1⁄2 2 1.6 1.2 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄16 43⁄32

5⁄16 5⁄8 3.1 2.5 1.8 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄4 2 17⁄32 411⁄16

3⁄8 3⁄4 4.4 3.6 2.6 1 8 4 3 11⁄2 53⁄47⁄16 7⁄8 6 4.9 3.5 1 8 4 5 17⁄8 73⁄81⁄2 1 7.8 6.4 4.5 1 8 4 5 17⁄8 73⁄89⁄16 11⁄8 9.8 8 5.7 1 8 4 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

5⁄8 11⁄4 12 9.9 7 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄8 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

3⁄4 11⁄2 17 14 10 11⁄2 12 6 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

7⁄8 13⁄4 23 19 14 13⁄4 12 6 15 33⁄8 121⁄21 2 30 25 18 2 14 7 20 4 141⁄16

# 1⁄8 1⁄4 .99 .81 .57 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 3⁄4 15⁄16 37⁄32

3⁄16 3⁄8 1.6 1.3 .95 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 1 11⁄32 321⁄32

1⁄4 1⁄2 2.9 2.4 1.7 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄4 2 17⁄32 411⁄16

5⁄16 5⁄8 4.5 3.7 2.6 1 8 4 3 11⁄2 53⁄43⁄8 3⁄4 6.5 5.3 3.7 1 8 4 5 17⁄8 73⁄87⁄16 7⁄8 8.8 7.2 5.1 1 8 4 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

1⁄2 1 11 9.3 6.6 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄8 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16




MEC

HAN

ICAL

HAN

D SP

LICE

D

Rated capacities basket hitch based on D/d ratio of 25. Rated capacities based on pin diameter no largerthan 1⁄2 the length of the eye or less than the nominal sling diameter. Rated capacities based on designfactor of 5. Horizontal sling angles less than 30° shall not be used. All capacities are based on new andunused slings.




WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


22


BRAID 1 LEG EE 6-PART FLATRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

# 3⁄32 7⁄16 1⁄4 .42 .37 .84 .73 .59 .42 2 4# 1⁄8 9⁄16 3⁄8 .84 .74 1.7 1.5 1.2 .84 3 6

3⁄16 13⁄16 1⁄2 1.4 1.2 2.8 2.4 2 1.4 4 81⁄4 11⁄8 11⁄16 2.5 2.2 4.9 4.3 3.5 2.5 5 105⁄16 13⁄8 7⁄8 3.8 3.4 7.7 6.7 5.4 3.8 6 123⁄8 111⁄16 1 5.5 4.8 11 9.5 7.8 5.5 7 147⁄16 2 113⁄16 7.5 6.5 15 13 11 7.5 8 161⁄2 21⁄4 15⁄16 9.7 8.5 19 17 14 9.7 9 189⁄16 21⁄2 11⁄2 12 11 24 21 17 12 10 205⁄8 213⁄16 111⁄16 15 13 30 26 21 15 11 223⁄4 23⁄8 2 22 19 43 37 30 22 12 247⁄8 4 25⁄16 29 25 58 50 41 29 14 28

1 41⁄2 211⁄16 38 33 75 65 53 38 16 32



A BThicknessof Body

Width of Body


BRAID 1 LEG EE6-PART FLAT

BRAID 2 LEG CHOKE 6-PART FLATRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

# 3⁄32 .37 .64 .52 .37 1⁄2 5 21⁄2# 1⁄8 .74 1.3 1.04 .74 1⁄2 5 21⁄2

3⁄16 1.2 2.1 1.7 1.2 1⁄2 5 21⁄21⁄4 2.2 3.7 3.1 2.2 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄45⁄16 3.4 5.8 4.8 3.4 1 8 43⁄8 4.8 8.4 6.8 4.8 1 8 47⁄16 6.5 11 9.2 6.5 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄81⁄2 8.5 15 12 8.5 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄89⁄16 11 18 15 11 11⁄2 12 6


D L W

SingleLeg

Choker*


Rated capacities basket hitch based on D/d ratio of 25. Rated capacitiesbased on pin diameter no larger than 1⁄2 the length of the eye or less thanthe nominal sling diameter. Rated capacities based on design factor of 5.Horizontal sling angles less than 30° shall not be used. All capacities arebased on new and unused slings.



BRAID 2 LEG CHOKE6-PART FLAT

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

23


BRAID 2 LEG BRIDLE 6-PART FLATRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

# 3⁄32 .78 .58 .42 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 3⁄4 15⁄16 37⁄32

# 1⁄8 1.5 1.2 .84 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 1 11⁄32 321⁄32

3⁄16 2.4 2 1.4 5⁄8 6 3 11⁄2 11⁄16 43⁄32

1⁄4 4.3 3.5 2.5 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄4 3 11⁄2 53⁄45⁄16 6.7 5.4 3.8 1 8 4 5 17⁄8 73⁄83⁄8 9.5 7.8 5.5 1 8 4 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

7⁄16 13 11 7.5 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄8 71⁄2 21⁄4 91⁄16

1⁄2 17 14 9.7 11⁄2 12 6 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

9⁄16 21 17 12 11⁄2 12 6 15 33⁄8 121⁄25⁄8 26 21 15 13⁄4 12 6 20 4 141⁄16

3⁄4 37 30 22 2 14 7 25 41⁄4 185⁄16

7⁄8 50 41 29 21⁄4 16 8 AH37 41⁄4 183⁄16





** Working Load Limit


BRAID 1 LEG EE 8-PART ROUNDRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

# 3⁄32 7⁄16 .56 .49 1.1 .97 .79 .56 2 4# 1⁄8 9⁄16 1.1 1 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.1 3 6

3⁄16 13⁄16 1.9 1.6 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.9 4 81⁄4 11⁄8 3.3 2.9 6.6 5.7 4.7 3.3 5 105⁄16 13⁄8 5.1 4.5 10 8.9 7.3 5.1 6 123⁄8 111⁄16 7.3 6.4 15 13 10 7.3 7 147⁄16 2 10 8.7 20 17 14 10 8 161⁄2 21⁄4 13 11 26 22 18 13 9 189⁄16 21⁄2 16 14 32 28 23 16 10 205⁄8 213⁄16 20 18 40 35 28 20 11 223⁄4 33⁄8 29 25 57 50 41 29 12 247⁄8 4 39 34 78 67 55 39 14 28

1 41⁄2 50 44 101 87 71 50 16 32



A B



BRAID 2 LEG BRIDLE6-PART FLAT

BRAID 1 LEG EE8-PART ROUND

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


24


BRAID 2 LEG CHOKE8-PART ROUND

BRAID 2 LEG CHOKE 8-PART ROUNDRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

# 3⁄32 .49 .85 .69 .49 1⁄2 5 21⁄2# 1⁄8 .98 1.7 1.4 .98 1⁄2 5 21⁄2

3⁄16 1.6 2.8 2.3 1.6 3⁄4 6 31⁄4 2.9 5 4.1 2.9 1 8 45⁄16 4.5 7.8 6.3 4.5 1 8 43⁄8 6.4 11 9.1 6.4 11⁄4 8 47⁄16 8.7 15 12 8.7 11⁄2 12 61⁄2 11 20 16 11 11⁄2 12 6


D L W

SingleLeg

Choker*


BRAID 2 LEG BRIDLE8-PART ROUND BRAID 2 LEG BRIDLE 8-PART ROUND

Rated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

# 3⁄32 .97 .79 .56 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 3⁄4 15⁄16 37⁄32

# 1⁄8 1.9 1.6 1.1 1⁄2 5 21⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄16 33⁄32

3⁄16 3.2 2.6 1.9 3⁄4 51⁄2 23⁄4 3 11⁄2 53⁄41⁄4 5.7 4.7 3.3 1 8 4 5 17⁄8 73⁄85⁄16 8.9 7.3 5.1 1 8 4 AH-7 17⁄8 73⁄83⁄8 13 10 7.3 11⁄4 83⁄4 43⁄8 10 21⁄2 101⁄16

7⁄16 17 14 10 11⁄2 12 6 15 33⁄8 121⁄21⁄2 22 18 13 13⁄4 12 6 15 33⁄8 121⁄29⁄16 28 23 16 2 14 7 20 4 141⁄16

5⁄8 35 28 20 2 14 7 25 41⁄4 185⁄16

3⁄4 50 41 29 21⁄4 16 8 AH-37 41⁄4 1815⁄16

WorkingAlloy Oblong Link Load Hook

D L W Limit E R



* See Choker Hitch Rated Capacity Adjustment

# Made with 7x19 GAC component rope

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

25


BRAID 1 LEG EE9-PART

BRAID 1 LEG EE 9-PARTRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

1⁄4 4.3 3.7 8.6 7.4 6.1 4.3 6 123⁄8 9.5 8.3 19 16 13 9.5 71⁄2 131⁄2 17 15 34 29 24 17 10 205⁄8 26 23 52 45 37 26 12 243⁄4 37 32 74 64 52 37 15 307⁄8 50 44 100 87 71 50 17 34

1 65 57 130 113 92 65 20 4011⁄4 101 88 201 174 142 101 25 5011⁄2 144 126 287 249 203 144 30 6013⁄4 193 169 386 334 273 193 35 702 249 218 499 432 353 249 40 24



A B


Rated capacities basket hitch based on D/d ratio of 25. Rated capacities based on pindiameter no larger than 1⁄2 the length of the eye or less than the nominal slingdiameter. Rated capacities based on design factor of 5. Horizontal sling angles lessthan 30° shall not be used. All capacities are based on new and unused slings.

* See Choker Hitch Rated Capacity Adjustment

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


26


GROMMETSGrommets are a unique type of sling which form a con-

tinuous loop. Several types are available, such as strand

laid hand tucked, strand laid mechanical, cable laid hand

tucked, and cable laid mechanical. The splice area should

not come into contact with the load or the lifting device.

A minimum inside circumference of 96 body diameters is

recommended. Since a grommet is a continuous circle, it

is very important to consider D/d ratio. The D/d ratio must

be applied to the lifting pins as well as to the load.

STRAND LAID, HAND TUCKEDRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

1⁄4 .85 .6 1.7 1.5 1.2 .855⁄16 1.3 .93 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.33⁄8 1.9 1.3 3.8 3.3 2.7 1.97⁄16 2.6 1.8 5.2 4.5 3.6 2.61⁄2 3.3 2.3 6.7 5.8 4.7 3.39⁄16 4.2 2.9 8.4 7.3 6 4.25⁄8 5.2 3.6 10 9 7.4 5.23⁄4 7.4 5.2 15 13 11 7.47⁄8 10 7 20 17 14 10

1 13 9.1 26 22 18 1311⁄8 16 11 32 28 23 1611⁄4 20 14 39 34 28 2013⁄8 23 16 46 40 33 2311⁄2 27 19 54 47 38 2715⁄8 31 22 62 54 44 3113⁄4 36 25 72 62 51 3617⁄8 41 28 81 70 57 412 46 32 92 79 65 4621⁄8 51 36 102 88 72 5121⁄4 56 39 113 98 80 5623⁄8 62 44 124 108 88 6221⁄2 68 47 136 117 96 68


GrommetBody

DiameterIn Inches

Rated capacities basket hitch based on D/d ratio of 5. Rated capacities based on pin diameter no larger than 1⁄2 the lengthof the eye or less than the nominal sling diameter. Rated capacities based on design factor of 5. Horizontal sling anglesless than 30° shall not be used. All capacities are based on new and unused slings.


STRAND LAID, MECHANICAL SPLICERated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

1⁄4 .92 .64 1.8 1.6 1.3 .925⁄16 1.4 1 2.9 2.5 2 1.43⁄8 2 1.4 4.1 3.5 2.9 27⁄16 2.8 1.9 5.5 4.8 3.9 2.81⁄2 3.6 2.5 7.2 6.2 5.1 3.69⁄16 4.5 3.2 9 7.8 6.4 4.55⁄8 5.6 3.9 11 9.7 7.9 5.63⁄4 8 5.6 16 14 11 87⁄8 11 7.6 22 19 15 11

1 14 9.8 28 24 20 1411⁄8 18 12 35 31 25 1811⁄4 22 15 43 38 31 2213⁄8 26 18 52 45 37 2611⁄2 31 22 62 53 44 3115⁄8 36 25 72 62 51 3613⁄4 41 29 83 72 59 4117⁄8 47 33 95 82 67 472 54 38 107 93 76 5421⁄8 60 42 120 104 85 6021⁄4 67 47 134 116 95 6723⁄8 75 52 149 129 105 7521⁄2 82 57 163 142 116 82


GrommetBody

DiameterIn Inches

• Strand Laid,HandTuckedA Strand Laid Hand

Tucked Grommet is made

from one continuous length

of strand. No sleeves are used

to make the joint. This results

in a very smooth circular

sling.

• Strand Laid,Mechanical SpliceStrand Laid Mechanical Splice Grommets

are made from one continuous length of wire

rope joined by pressing or swaging one or

more sleeves over the rope juncture. This type

of grommet is not as smooth as the hand

tucked version. An advantage is that the

swaged sleeves give clear indication of the

splice area.

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

27


Rated capacities basket hitch basedon D/d ratio of 25. Rated capacitiesbased on pin diameter no larger than1⁄2 the length of the eye or less thanthe nominal sling diameter. Ratedcapacities based on design factor of5. Horizontal sling angles less than30° shall not be used. All capacitiesare based on new and unused slings.

• Zinc or Resin Poured SocketsZinc or Resin Poured Sockets have traditionally

been the end attachment method used to

determine the actual breaking strength of a rope.

Therefore, their efficiency in a breaking strength

test is established to be 100% for all grades and

constructions of wire rope. The efficiency of all

other end terminations are established by

comparison to zinc or resin poured sockets.

Steel forgings are used for rope sizes 1/2˝

through 11⁄2˝ and cast steel fittings for larger sizes.

Assembly length is measured from centerline of pin

for open sockets and bearing point for closed

sockets.

POURED SOCKETS—ZINC OR RESINRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

1⁄4 .59 .68 4.56 .69 .69 2.25 1.56 1.31 4.56 1.5 .81 2.25 .5 1.815⁄16 .92 1.1 4.88 .81 .81 2.25 1.75 1.56 4.94 1.69 .94 2.25 .69 2.063⁄8 1.3 1.5 4.88 .81 .81 2.25 1.75 1.56 4.94 1.69 .94 2.25 .69 2.067⁄16 1.8 2 5.56 1 1 2.5 2 1.94 5.5 2 1.13 2.5 .88 2.311⁄2 2.3 2.7 5.56 1 1 2.5 2 1.94 5.5 2 1.13 2.5 .88 2.319⁄16 2.9 3.4 6.75 1.25 1.19 3 2.5 2.25 6.38 2.63 1.38 3 1 2.565⁄8 3.6 4.1 6.75 1.25 1.19 3 2.5 2.25 6.38 2.63 1.38 3 1 2.563⁄4 5.1 5.9 7.94 1.5 1.38 3.5 3 2.63 7.63 3 1.63 3.5 1.25 3.067⁄8 6.9 8 9.25 1.75 1.63 4 3.5 3.13 8.88 3.63 1.88 4 1.5 3.56

1 9 10 10.56 2 2 4.5 4 3.72 10 4.13 2.25 4.5 1.75 4.0611⁄8 11 13 11.81 2.25 2.25 4.94 4.5 4.06 11.13 4.5 2.5 5 2 4.5611⁄4 14 16 13.19 2.5 2.5 5.44 5 4.69 12.16 5.04 2.84 5.44 2.22 5.1313⁄8 17 19 13.19 2.5 2.5 5.44 5 4.69 12.16 5.04 2.84 5.44 2.22 5.1311⁄2 20 23 15.12 3 2.75 6 6 5.38 14.13 5.4 3.22 6 2.5 6.1315⁄8 23 26 16.25 3 3 6.5 6.5 5.75 15.38 5.75 3.25 6.5 2.75 6.7513⁄4 27 31 18.25 3.5 3.5 7.5 7 6.5 17.5 6.75 3.53 7.5 3 7.8117⁄8 30 35 18.25 3.5 3.5 7.5 7 6.5 17.5 6.75 3.53 7.5 3 7.812 34 40 21.5 4 3.75 8.5 9 7 19.75 7.63 3.78 8.5 3.25 8.8121⁄8 38 44 21.5 4 3.75 8.5 9 7 19.75 7.63 3.78 8.5 3.25 8.8121⁄4 43 49 23.5 4.5 4.25 9 10 7.75 21.63 8.5 4.28 9 3.63 9.7523⁄8 48 55 23.5 4.5 4.25 9 10 7.75 21.63 8.5 4.28 9 3.63 9.7521⁄2 52 60 25.5 5 4.75 9.75 10.75 8.5 23.5 9.5 5.5 9.75 4 10.6225⁄8 58 66 25.5 5 4.75 9.75 10.75 8.5 23.5 9.5 5.5 9.75 4 10.6223⁄4 63 72 27.25 5.25 5 11 11 9 25.5 10.75 6.25 11 4.88 11.2527⁄8 68 78 27.25 5.25 5 11 11 9 25.5 10.75 6.25 11 4.88 11.253 74 85 29 5.75 5.25 12 11.25 9.5 27 11.5 6.75 12 5.25 11.7531⁄8 80 92 29 5.75 5.25 12 11.25 9.5 27 11.5 6.75 12 5.25 11.7531⁄4 86 98 30.88 6.25 5.5 13 11.75 10 29.25 12.25 7.25 13 5.75 12.2533⁄8 92 106 30.88 6.25 5.5 13 11.75 10 29.25 12.25 7.25 13 5.75 12.2531⁄2 98 113 33.25 6.75 6 14 12.5 10.75 31 13 7.75 14 6.25 13

OPEN SOCKET

A C D J L M

CLOSED SOCKET

A C D J K L


CAST

ALL

OY

STEE

LFO

RGED

STE

EL

IPS EIPS

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


28


• Swage SocketsCold swaging is a process which causes

considerable movement and work hardening of the

steel in the fitting. Exerting extreme pressures, the

swaging machine forces the steel to flow into the

crevices between the wires and strands of the wire

rope. At the same time, the swaging machine forces

the material to flow plastically along the length of

the wire rope.

Swaged sockets are interchangeable with

poured sockets up through 2˝ rope diameters.

Assembly length is measured from centerline of pins

for both open and closed sockets.

1⁄4 .59 .68 4.81 .438 1.38 .75 .69 1.5 .69 4.31 .438 1.38 .75 .505⁄16 .92 1.1 6.25 .688 1.62 .88 .81 1.75 .81 5.44 .688 1.62 .88 .673⁄8 1.3 1.5 6.25 .688 1.62 .88 .81 1.75 .81 5.44 .688 1.62 .88 .677⁄16 1.8 2 7.81 .875 2 1.06 1 2 1 6.91 .875 2 1.06 .861⁄2 2.3 2.7 7.81 .875 2 1.06 1 2 1 6.91 .875 2 1.06 .869⁄16 2.9 3.4 9.5 1.125 2.38 1.25 1.25 2.25 1.19 8.66 1.125 2.38 1.25 1.125⁄8 3.6 4.1 9.5 1.125 2.38 1.25 1.25 2.25 1.19 8.66 1.125 2.38 1.25 1.123⁄4 5.1 5.9 11.56 1.375 2.75 1.44 1.5 2.75 1.38 10.28 1.374 2.88 1.44 1.317⁄8 6.9 8 13.41 1.5 3.13 1.69 1.75 3.25 1.62 11.94 1.5 3.12 1.69 1.5

1 9 10 15.47 1.75 3.69 2.06 2 3.75 2 13.56 1.75 3.63 2.06 1.7511⁄8 11 13 17.31 2 4.06 2.31 2.25 4.25 2.25 15.03 2 4 2.31 211⁄4 14 16 19.06 2.25 4.5 2.56 2.5 4.75 2.5 16.94 2.25 4.5 2.56 2.2513⁄8 17 19 20.94 2.5 5 2.56 2.5 5.25 2.5 18.63 2.25 5 2.56 2.2511⁄2 20 23 22.88 2.75 5.5 2.81 3 5.75 2.75 20.12 2.75 5.5 2.81 2.513⁄4 27 31 26.63 3 6.25 3.56 3.5 6.75 3.5 23.56 3 6.25 3.56 32 34 40 31.44 3.5 8 3.81 4 8 3.75 27.62 3.5 7.75 3.81 3.2521⁄4 43 49 32.75 3.96 8.88 4.31 4.25 6.75 4.25 29.68 3.96 8.62 4.31 421⁄2 52 60 34.5 4.36 8.88 4.31 4.25 6.75 4.25 31.12 4.36 8.62 4.31 4

OPEN SOCKETB After

A Swaging C D H N PIN

CLOSED SOCKETB After

A Swaging C D H

RopeDiameterIn Inches IPS EIPS

Rated capacities basket hitch based on D/dratio of 25. Rated capacities based on pindiameter no larger than 1⁄2 the length of theeye or less than the nominal sling diameter.Rated capacities based on design factor of5. Horizontal sling angles less than 30° shallnot be used. All capacities are based on newand unused slings.

SWAGE SOCKETSRated Capacity—Tons (2000 lbs.) IP-IWRC

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

29

W I R E R O P E S L I N G S — F I T T I N G S

SHACKLESShackles are quenched and tempered with

alloy pins and can meet DNV impact

requirements of 42 joules at -20° C.

Working Load Limit is permanently shown

on every shackle. Shackles 55 metric tons

and smaller can be furnished proof tested

with certificates to designated standards,

such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other

certification. Charges for proof testing and

certification available when requested at

the time of order. Hot dip galvanized or

self-colored, fatigue Rated.

• Screw Pin Anchor ShacklesScrew pin anchor shackles meet the

performance requirements of Federal

Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade

A, Class 2, except for those provisions

required of the contractor.

• Bolt Type Anchor ShacklesBolt Type Anchor shackles with thin

head bolt-nut with cotter pin meet the

performance requirements of Federal

Specifications RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A

Class 3, except for those provisions required

of the contractor.

ANCHOR SHACKLESG-209 (SCREW PIN) and G-2130 (BOLT TYPE)

3⁄16 1⁄3† .06 .38 .25 .88 .19 .60 .56 1.47 .98 .19 .06 .061⁄4 1⁄2 .11 .47 .31 1.13 .25 .78 .61 1.84 1.28 .25 .06 .065⁄16 3⁄4 .22 .53 .38 1.22 .31 .84 .75 2.09 1.47 .31 .06 .063⁄8 1 .33 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 2.49 1.78 .38 .13 .067⁄16 11⁄2 .49 .75 .5 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.91 2.03 .44 .13 .061⁄2 2 .79 .81 .63 1.88 .5 1.31 1.19 3.28 2.31 .5 .13 .065⁄8 31⁄4 1.68 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.5 4.19 2.94 .69 .13 .063⁄4 43⁄4 2.72 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2 1.81 4.97 3.5 .81 .25 .067⁄8 61⁄2 3.95 1.44 1 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 5.83 4.03 .97 .25 .06

1 81⁄2 5.66 1.69 1.13 3.75 1 2.69 2.38 6.56 4.69 1.06 .25 .0611⁄8 91⁄2 8.27 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.13 2.91 2.69 7.47 5.16 1.25 .25 .0611⁄4 12 11.71 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.25 3.25 3 8.25 5.75 1.38 .25 .0613⁄8 131⁄2 15.83 2.25 1.5 5.25 1.38 3.63 3.31 9.16 6.38 1.5 .25 .1311⁄2 17 20.8 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.5 3.88 3.63 10 6.88 1.62 .25 .1313⁄4 25 33.91 2.88 2. 7 1.75 5 4.19 12.34 8.86 2.25 .25 .132 35 52.25 3.25 2.25 7.75 2 5.75 4.81 13.68 9.97 2.4 .25 .1321⁄2 55 98.25 4.13 2.75 10.5 2.62 7.25 5.69 17.84 12.87 3.13 .25 .253 † 85 154 5 3.25 13 3 7.88 6.5 21.5 14.36 3.62 .25 .2531⁄2 #120† 265 5.25 3.75 14.63 3.62 9 8 24.63 16.5 4.12 .25 .254 #150† 338 5.5 4.25 14.5 4.1 10 9 25.69 18.42 4.56 .25 .25

NominalSize InInches

WorkingLoad

Limit (t)*

WeightEach(lbs.) A B C D E F H L N C

Tolerance+ / -

A

All dimensions are in inches.

* Maximum proof load is 2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load Limit reductiondue to side loading applications.

# Individually Proof Tested with certification.

† Furnished in Anchor style only. Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handles.

G-209 G-2130

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


30


• Eye HooksEye hoist hooks are designed with a 5:1 Design Factor.

Proper design, careful forging, and precision controlled

quench and tempering give maximum strength without

excessive weight and bulk. Eye hooks have a pre-drilled

cam which can be equipped with a latch. Latch assemblies

can be added even years after purchase of original eye

hook.

Eye hooks are load rated and available in carbon steel

and alloy steel.

EYE HOOKSS-320

D 3.34 2.83 1.25 .73 .9 .63 .63 .36 .89 .75 .87 1.5F 3.81 3.11 1.38 .84 .93 .71 .71 .42 .91 .91 .98 2G 4.14 3.53 1.5 1 1 .88 .88 .55 1 1.13 1.03 3H 4.69 3.97 1.63 1.13 1.13 .94 .94 .58 1.09 1.25 1.16 2I 5.77 4.81 2 1.44 1.47 1.31 1.31 .72 1.36 1.56 1.53 2.5J 7.37 6.27 2.5 1.81 1.75 1.66 1.66 .9 1.61 2 1.96 3K 9.07 7.45 3 2.25 2.29 1.88 1.63 1.11 2.08 2.44 2.47 4L 10.08 8.3 3.25 2.59 2.5 2.19 1.94 1.27 2.27 2.84 2.62 4N 12.53 10.3 4.25 3 3.3 2.69 2.38 1.56 3.02 3.5 2.83 5O 14.06 13.62 5 3.62 4 3 3 1.75 3.25 3.5 3.44 6.5P 18.19 14.06 5.38 4.56 4.25 4 3.19 2 3 4.5 3.88 7S 20.12 15.44 6 5.06 4.75 4.5 3.25 2.18 3.38 4.94 4.75 8T 23.72 18.5 7 6 5.75 5.5 3.91 2.53 4.12 5.69 5.69 10

HookID Code* C D F G J K M N O Q T AA


* Eye Hooks (3⁄4 TC - 22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye Hooks (20T - 60TA), Proof Load is 2 timesWorking Load Limit. All carbon hooks-average straightening loads (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloyeye hooks 1 ton through 22 tons-average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eyehooks 30 tons through 60 tons-average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times Working Load Limit.

S-320

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

31


SWIVEL HOOKSS-322

3⁄4 1 .75 2 .82 1.25 2.86 1.25 .73 .81 .93 .63 5.66 .63 .93 4.55 .38 1.51 11⁄2 1.25 2.5 1.31 1.5 3.15 1.38 .84 .94 .97 .71 6.71 .71 .97 5.37 .5 211⁄2 2 2.25 3 1.5 1.75 3.59 1.5 1 1.16 1.06 .88 7.75 .88 1.06 6.12 .63 22 3 2.3 3 1.5 1.75 4 1.62 1.13 1.31 1.19 .94 8.25 .94 1.16 6.5 .63 23 5 4.96 3.5 1.64 2 4.84 2 1.44 1.63 1.5 1.31 9.69 1.13 1.41 7.5 .75 2.55 7 10.29 4.56 2.29 2.5 6.28 2.5 1.81 2.06 1.78 1.66 12.47 1.44 1.69 9.63 1 371⁄2 11 16.18 5 2.53 2.75 7.54 3 2.25 2.63 2.41 1.88 14.75 1.63 2.22 11.37 1.13 4

10 15 23.25 5.62 2.48 3.12 8.34 3.25 2.59 2.94 2.62 2.19 16.4 1.94 2.41 12.25 1.25 415 22 47 7.1 3.76 4.1 10.34 4.25 3 3.5 3.41 2.69 21.34 2.38 3.19 16.71 1.5 5— 30 70.5 7.1 3.76 4.1 13.62 5 3.61 4.63 4 3 23.25 3 3.25 18.01 1.5 6.5

Carbon

Working LoadLimit (t)*

Alloy

WeightEach(lbs.) A B C D F G H J K L M O R S AA


* Carbon swivel hooks .75tC-15tC: proof load is 2 times working load limit. Designed with a 5 to 1 design factor. Alloy swivel hooks 1.5tA-22tA:proof load is 2.5 times the working load limit. Designed with a 4 to 1 design factor. Alloy swivel hooks 30tA: proof load is 2 times working loadlimit. Designed with a 4 to 1 design factor. Dimensions for hooks 3/4 ton carbon thru 22 ton alloy are for S-4320 latch kits. Dimensions forhooks 30 ton alloy are for PL latch kit.

• Swivel HooksProper design, careful forging, and precision controlled

quench and tempering gives maximum strength without

excessive weight and bulk. Swivel hoist hooks have a pre-drilled

cam which can be equipped with a latch. Load rating codes

stamped on each hook. This hook is a positioning device and is

not intended to rotate under load.

S-322

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


32


CHOKER HOOKSA-350

3⁄8 — 2500 .77 2.06 1.13 .63 2.41 .63 .38 .84 .91 4.28 2.59 .631⁄2 1⁄8 3300 1.19 2.25 1.31 .75 2.97 .78 .5 .97 1.06 4.97 3.09 .75

#5⁄8 3⁄16 5000 2.89 3.06 1.63 .75 3.56 .94 .56 1.13 1.31 6.38 3.88 1#5⁄8 3⁄16 5000 2.7 3.06 1.63 1 3.56 .94 .56 1.13 1.31 6.38 4 1.13#3⁄4 1⁄4 8000 2.95 3.38 2.13 1 4.25 1.16 .63 1.44 1.63 7.66 4.58 1.13#3⁄4 1⁄4 8000 5 3.38 2.13 1.44 4.25 1.16 .63 1.44 1.63 7.66 4.78 1.13

SinglePart RopeSize (in.)

EightPart RopeSize (in.)

WorkingLoad Limit

(lbs.)Weight

Each (lbs.) A B C D E F G H L P R


* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

# Determine EYE diameter "C" before ordering.

• Choker HooksForged alloy steel, quenched and tempered.

SORTING HOOKSA-378

2 71⁄2 No Handle 6.42 1.38 9.69 2.81 .6252 71⁄2 With Handle 6.42 1.38 9.69 2.81 .625

Working LoadLimit at Tip ofHook (Tons)*

Working LoadLimit at Bottomof Hook (Tons)* Style

WeightEach (lbs.) I.D. of Eye

OverallLength

OpeningAt Top of

Hook

Radius AtBottom of

Hook


* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

A-350

• Sorting HooksForged alloy steel, quenched and tempered.

Deep straight throat permits efficient handling of

flat plates or large cylindrical shapes.

A-378

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

33


EXTRA HEAVY WIRE ROPE THIMBLESG-414

*1⁄4 6.5 2.19 1.63 1.5 .88 .44 .28 .06 .23*5⁄16 11.8 2.5 1.88 1.81 1.06 .55 .34 .08 .28*3⁄8 21.6 2.88 2.13 2.13 1.13 .66 .41 .11 .34*7⁄16 34.7 3.25 2.38 2.38 1.25 .74 .47 .13 .38

*1⁄2–9⁄16 51 3.63 2.75 2.75 1.5 .92 .53 .14 .41*5⁄8 75.7 4.25 3.25 3.13 1.75 1.03 .66 .16 .5*3⁄4 158.1 5 3.75 3.81 2 1.3 .78 .22 .667⁄8 177.8 5.5 4.25 4.25 2.25 1.47 .94 .22 .751 313.9 6.13 4.5 4.94 2.5 1.75 1.06 .25 .88

11⁄8–11⁄4 400 7 5.13 5.88 2.88 1.94 1.31 .25 1.1311⁄4–13⁄8 811 9.06 6.5 6.81 3.5 2.35 1.44 .38 1.1313⁄8–11⁄2 1294.8 9 6.25 7.13 3.5 2.78 1.56 .5 1.13

15⁄8 1700 11.25 8 8.13 4 3.02 1.72 .5 1.3813⁄4 1775 12.19 9 8.5 4.5 3.06 1.84 .5 1.31

17⁄8–2 2775 15.13 12 10.38 6 3.38 2.09 .5 1.521⁄4 3950 17.13 14 11.88 7 3.87 2.38 .63 1.63


WeightPer 100

(lbs.) A B C D E F G H

• Extra Heavy WireRope ThimblesThese thimbles provide long service

life and greater protection against wear

and deformation of the wire rope eye.

Available in hot dip galvanized or stainless

steel. Stainless steel recommended for more

corrosive environments where greater

protection is required.

G-414All dimensions are in inches.

* SS-414 size available in stainless steel type 304.

• Slip-Thru ThimblesDesigned to allow passage of an identical thimble through its eye. This is a necessity

when a regular sling is used as a choker sling. Slip-thru thimbles also prevent the eye of the

sling from mashing together and the top of the eye wearing excessively. The generous inside

dimensions allow the thimbles to fit large crane hooks. Rope retention ears are tapered so they

can be bent or peened over wire rope.

SLIP-THRU THIMBLES

5⁄16–3⁄8 3⁄32–1⁄8 3⁄32–1⁄8 1.3 21⁄8 41⁄8 7⁄16 13⁄16 9⁄16 31⁄4 51⁄41⁄2–9⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 1.5 23⁄8 43⁄8 5⁄8 1 5⁄8 4 65⁄8–3⁄4 1⁄4 1⁄4–5⁄16 3.4 33⁄8 65⁄8 13⁄16 15⁄16 5⁄8 53⁄8 81⁄27⁄8–1 5⁄16 3⁄8 5.5 33⁄4 71⁄8 11⁄8 15⁄8 7⁄8 61⁄4 93⁄8

11⁄8–11⁄4 3⁄8 7⁄16 8.6 43⁄8 83⁄8 13⁄8 17⁄8 1 71⁄8 1113⁄8–11⁄2 7⁄16–1⁄2 1⁄2 10 5 91⁄2 15⁄8 21⁄8 11⁄4 81⁄8 121⁄215⁄8–13⁄4 9⁄16 5⁄8 17.6 63⁄4 113⁄4 113⁄16 29⁄16 17⁄16 93⁄8 143⁄417⁄8–2 5⁄8 3⁄4 53 8 141⁄2 21⁄8 31⁄4 17⁄8 13 191⁄4

21⁄8–21⁄4 3⁄4 7⁄8–1 85 81⁄2 151⁄2 21⁄2 33⁄4 2 13 203⁄821⁄2–3 7⁄8–1 11⁄8 126 9 181⁄2 33⁄16 411⁄16 21⁄2 153⁄4 243⁄4

SingleSling Size

8 Pts. 6 Pts.Weight(lbs.) A B C D E F G


WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


34


• Crescent ThimblesDesigned to protect the bearing surface of a loop where

a large dimension loop is necessary. The ears are tapered so that

they can be bent or peened over wire rope. Standard-laid rope

size 3/8” to 3”.

• Equalizing ThimblesProvides for the adjustment of the length of the legs of

bridle slings so as to lift loads evenly. Makes all bridle slings

more versatile while eliminating center ring and two splices.

Made of cast electric steel.

CRESCENT THIMBLES

3⁄8–7⁄16 3⁄32–1⁄8 3⁄32–1⁄8 .5 2 1 27⁄32 15⁄32 21⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄81⁄2–9⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 .75 21⁄4 11⁄8 1 5⁄8 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2

5⁄8 — 1⁄4 1.2 23⁄4 13⁄8 15⁄32 23⁄32 3 19⁄32 19⁄16 19⁄32

3⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄16 2 31⁄4 15⁄8 15⁄16 13⁄16 31⁄2 5⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄87⁄8 — — 3.3 41⁄2 21⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄16 45⁄16 3⁄4 11⁄16 3⁄41 5⁄16 3⁄8 3.75 41⁄2 21⁄4 19⁄16 11⁄16 419⁄32 13⁄16 3⁄4 7⁄8

11⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 5 47⁄8 27⁄16 113⁄16 11⁄4 51⁄32 7⁄8 7⁄8 111⁄4 7⁄16 1⁄2 6.75 51⁄2 23⁄4 21⁄16 17⁄16 53⁄4 15⁄16 15⁄16 11⁄8

13⁄8–11⁄4 1⁄2 9⁄16 8 6 3 21⁄4 15⁄8 61⁄4 11⁄16 11⁄8 13⁄16

15⁄8 9⁄16 5⁄8 12 61⁄2 31⁄4 21⁄2 13⁄4 611⁄16 11⁄8 11⁄4 11⁄413⁄4–17⁄8 — — 16.5 7 31⁄2 215⁄16 15⁄16 73⁄8 11⁄4 13⁄8 11⁄2

2 5⁄8 3⁄4 21.8 7 31⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 713⁄16 11⁄2 11⁄2 15⁄821⁄4–11⁄2 3⁄4–7⁄8 1 39 81⁄2 41⁄4 41⁄8 27⁄8 95⁄8 15⁄8 17⁄8 223⁄4–3 1 11⁄8 67 10 5 47⁄8 33⁄8 111⁄4 13⁄4 21⁄4 21⁄2

RopeSize

Single

8 Pts.Braid

Rope Dia.

6 Pts.Braid

Rope Dia.Weight(lbs.) A B C D E F G H

EQUALIZING THIMBLESSINGLE AND DOUBLE GROOVE

3⁄8–7⁄16 3 41⁄2 3 67⁄16 45⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄21⁄2–9⁄16 6.3 6 4 81⁄2 63⁄16 11⁄8 5⁄85⁄8–3⁄4 11 7 41⁄2 915⁄16 7 17⁄16 15⁄16

7⁄8–1 15.6 71⁄8 5 103⁄4 83⁄4 113⁄16 13⁄16

11⁄8–11⁄4 30 10 61⁄2 143⁄8 107⁄8 23⁄16 17⁄16

13⁄8–11⁄2 39 11 71⁄2 157⁄8 113⁄4 29⁄16 111⁄16

15⁄8–13⁄4 71 15 9 2013⁄16 141⁄4 215⁄16 115⁄16

17⁄8–2 85 15 9 215⁄8 147⁄8 315⁄16 23⁄16

*5⁄8–3⁄4 21 81⁄4 51⁄2 111⁄4 8 23⁄8 13⁄4*7⁄8–1 28 9 6 123⁄4 81⁄2 27⁄8 21⁄4

*11⁄8–11⁄4 50 111⁄4 61⁄2 157⁄8 121⁄8 39⁄16 25⁄8

RopeSize

DiameterWeight(lbs.) A B C D E F


* Double groove.


WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

35


• Casing & Choker ThimblesThe casing thimble that fits choker hook #3 has been

designed for the oil industry. The remaining choker thimbles

are designed especially for braided choker slings. The ears can

be peened over to retain wire rope.

1⁄8 1⁄8 #2 .7 1⁄2 7⁄8 11⁄4 21⁄8 31⁄4 1⁄4 3⁄8 5⁄16

1⁄4 3⁄16 #3 1.1 5⁄8 1 11⁄2 21⁄2 37⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄85⁄16 1⁄4 #4 1.8 13⁄16 15⁄16 13⁄4 27⁄8 47⁄16 5⁄16 5⁄8 7⁄16

3⁄8 5⁄16 #5 2.2 15⁄16 17⁄16 2 31⁄4 5 5⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄27⁄16 3⁄8 #6 3.3 11⁄8 111⁄16 21⁄4 35⁄8 53⁄4 3⁄8 7⁄8 9⁄16

1⁄2 7⁄16 #7 4.7 13⁄8 115⁄16 23⁄4 41⁄16 63⁄8 3⁄8 1 11⁄16

6 Pt.Sling Size

8 Pt.

FitsChokerHook

Weight(lbs.) A B C D E F G HR

• Slip-On ThimblesEliminates flattening or pulling together of the eyes

under heavy loads, as well as severe wear at the top of the eye.

Slip-on thimbles are particularly recommended to prevent

abrasion when a choker sling is used by slipping one eye

through another. Easily installed.

SLIP-ON THIMBLES

3⁄8 3⁄8 .6 3 227⁄32 17⁄16 7⁄16 13⁄16 7⁄16 5⁄81⁄2 1⁄2 1 31⁄2 33⁄8 15⁄8 9⁄16 11⁄16 9⁄32 3⁄45⁄8 5⁄8 1.5 33⁄4 313⁄16 13⁄4 11⁄16 13⁄16 3⁄4 15⁄16

3⁄4 3⁄4 2 41⁄8 43⁄16 17⁄8 13⁄16 15⁄16 7⁄8 11⁄16

7⁄8 7⁄8 3.2 43⁄4 413⁄16 21⁄8 15⁄16 19⁄16 11⁄16 11⁄41 1 4.7 57⁄16 53⁄8 23⁄8 11⁄8 113⁄16 13⁄16 13⁄8

ThimbleSize

RopeSize

Weight(lbs.) A B CR D E F G



CASING & CHOKER THIMBLES

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


36


• Alloy Master LinksQuenched and tempered alloy steel is individually proof

tested to values shown with certification unless otherwise

noted. Proof test certification shipped with each link. Sizes

from 1⁄2" to 2" are drop forged.

A-342

ALLOY MASTER LINKSA-342

1⁄2 7000 .82 14000 2.5 5 35⁄8 9000 1.52 18000 3 6 3.53⁄4 12300 2.07 28400 2.75 5.5 3.57⁄8 15000 3.4 30000 3.75 6.38 4.5

1 24360 4.85 48700 3.5 7 4.511⁄4 36200 9.57 72400 4.38 8.75 5.511⁄2 54300 16.22 113200 5.25 10.5 6.513⁄4 84900 25.22 169800 6 12 7.52 102600 37.04 205200 7 14 9

#21⁄4 143100 54.1 289200 8 16 —#21⁄2 160000 67.75 320000 8 16 —#23⁄4 216900 87.7 433800 9.5 16 —#3 228000 115 456000 9 18 —

Size “A”

WorkingLoad Limit

(lbs.)*

ProofLoad (lbs.)**

WeightEach(lbs.) B C

DeformationIndicator


** Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit. Based on singleleg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an includedangle less than or equal to 120°.

** Proof test load equals or exceeds the requirement of ASTM A952(8.1) andASME B30.9-1.4 for the chain size and number of legs.

# Welded Master Link.

• Master Link AssemblyQuenched and tempered alloy steel. Assembly is

individually proof tested at 2 times Working Load Limit with

certification. Proof test certification shipped with each link.

A-345

MASTER LINK ASSEMBLYA-345

3⁄4 9100 12300 2.6 2.75 5.5 .56 3.35 1.57 .30 3.5 1⁄4-5⁄16, 81 18400 24360 6.1 3.5 7 .69 3.94 2.36 .33 4.5 3⁄8, 1011⁄4 31200 36200 13.2 4.38 8.75 .88 3.94 2.36 .53 5.5 1⁄2, 1311⁄2 47000 54300 24.2 5.25 10.5 1.13 5.91 2.76 .65 6.5 5⁄8, 1613⁄4 73500 84900 35.6 6 12 1.25 6.3 3.54 .73 7.5 3⁄4, 202 88900 102600 57.3 7 14 1.50 7.09 3.94 — 9 No Flat

Size “A”8 ChainRating

Working Load Limit(lbs.)* Based On:

5:1DesignFactor

WeightEach(lbs.) B C D E F G

DeformationIndicator

EngineeredFlat ForS-325A

(in.), (mm)


* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Based on 60° included angle or smaller. For included angles greaterthan 60°, the Working Load Limit must be de-rated.

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

37


ALLOY PEAR SHAPED LINKSA-341

1⁄2 7000 .55 1.5 1 4 3 .55⁄8 9000 1.1 1.88 1.25 5 3.75 .633⁄4 12300 1.76 2.25 1.5 6 4.5 .75

# 7⁄8 14000 2.82 2.63 1.75 7 5.25 .881 24360 4.22 3 2 8 6 1

#11⁄8 30600 6.25 3.38 2.25 8.75 6.75 1.13#11⁄4 36000 8.25 3.75 2.5 10 7.5 1.25#13⁄8 43000 11.25 4.13 2.75 11 8.25 1.38#11⁄2 54300 14.25 4.5 3 12 9 1.5#15⁄8 62600 18.5 4.88 3.25 13 9.75 1.63#13⁄4 84900 22.5 5.25 3.5 14 10.5 1.75#17⁄8 95800 29 5.63 3.75 15 11.25 1.88#2 102600 34 6 4 16 12 2#21⁄4 143100 48 6.75 4.5 18 13.5 2.25#21⁄2 147300 66 7.5 5 20 15 2.5#23⁄4 216900 88 8.25 5.5 22 16.5 2.75#3 228000 114 9 6 24 18 3

Size “A”

WorkingLoad Limit

(lbs.)*

WeightEach(lbs.) B C D E F

• Alloy Pear Shaped LinksAlloy steel, quenched and tempered. Individually Proof

Tested at 2 times Working Load Limit with certification. Proof

Test certification shipped with each link. Sizes 1⁄2", 5⁄8", 3⁄4", and

1" are drop forged.

A-341


** Based on Single leg slings (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legswith an included angle less than or equal to 120°. Minimum UltimateLoad is 5 times Working Load Limit.

# Welded Link.

WELDLESS SLING LINKSS-341

3⁄8 1800 .23 1.13 .75 3 2.25 .381⁄2 2900 .55 1.5 1 4 3 .55⁄8 4200 1.06 1.87 1.25 5 3.75 .633⁄4 6000 1.88 2.25 1.5 6 4.5 .757⁄8 8300 2.75 2.63 1.75 7 5.25 .881 10800 4.35 3 2 8 6 111⁄4 16750 7.6 4 2.5 10.25 7.5 1.2513⁄8 20500 11.3 4.13 2.75 11 8.25 1.38

Size “A”

WorkingLoad LimitSingle Pull

(lbs.)*

WeightEach(lbs.) B C D E F

• Weldless Sling LinksSelf-colored or hot dip galvanized. Quenched and

tempered forged carbon steel.

S-341


* Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. Based on Single legslings (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an includedangle less than or equal to 120°.

W I R E R O P E A S S E M B L I E S

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


40


ROPE SPECIFICATIONSAND OPTIONSNo single wire rope has it all, so you need to choose

your rope like you would any other machine—very

carefully. Decide what is more important to your

application, abrasion resistance or fatigue resistance,

then choose the appropriate rope.

See charts for minimum breaking force and

weight per foot. Notice that all ropes have a steel

core, the only one recommended for assemblies. All

assemblies use a pre-formed rope construction

because of its ability to maintain its integrity when

inserted into the fittings before swaging occurs.

CLASSIFICATIONS Most wire ropes—both working and standing—fall

into two basic classifications: the 6x19 and the

6x36. Although the physical characteristics of these

two vary, all have the same weight per foot and the

same minimum breaking force, size for size. These

wire rope assemblies provide choices to fit your

specifications.

• 6x19 Greater Abrasion Resistance. The 6x19 classification of wire ropes includes

most six-strand ropes with 16 to 26 wires per strand. These ropes offer resistance to

abrasion (or metal loss) because they have larger wires in the rope strands to reduce

the effects of surface wear. But, because of a necessary design tradeoff, they’re less

bendable than 6x36 class wire ropes, reducing fatigue resistance.

• 6x36 Greater Fatigue Resistance. The 6x36 classification includes most six-strand

ropes with 27 to 49 wires per strand. These ropes have more wires per strand than

6x19 ropes for increased resistance against bending fatigue. But because of the

design tradeoff of using smaller wires on the outer layer, they offer less abrasion

resistance and are more susceptible to crushing.

WIRE ROPE MINIMUM BREAKING FORCEFor 6-Strand Ropes

3⁄16* 1.67 — — .065 — —1⁄4* 2.94 3.40 3.74 .116 3.91 .1315⁄16* 4.58 5.27 5.80 .18 6.06 .2183⁄8* 6.56 7.55 8.30 .26 8.8 .327⁄16* 8.89 10.2 11.2 .35 11.9 .411⁄2 11.5 13.3 14.6 .46 15.3 .559⁄16 14.5 16.8 18.5 .59 19.3 .705⁄8 17.9 20.6 22.7 .72 22.7 .863⁄4 25.6 29.4 32.4 1.04 32.4 1.257⁄8 34.6 39.8 43.8 1.42 43.8 1.671 44.9 51.7 56.9 1.85 56.9 2.18

11⁄8 56.5 65 71.5 2.34 71.5 2.7111⁄4 69.4 79.9 87.9 2.89 87.9 3.4313⁄8 83.5 96 106 3.5 106 4.2511⁄2 98.9 114 125 4.16 125 5.0115⁄8 115 132 146 4.88 — —13⁄4 133 153 169 5.67 — —17⁄8 152 174 192 6.5 — —2 172 198 217 7.39 — —

IPSIWRC

Minimum Breaking ForceTons (2000 lbs.)

XIP®IWRC

XXIP®IWRC

Approx.Weight/Ft. (lbs.)

Minimum Breaking ForceTons (2000 lbs.)

Flex-X® 6

Approx.Weight/Ft. (lbs.)


IPS — Improved Plow SteelXIP® — Extra Improved Plow Steel

XXIP® — Extra Extra Improved Plow SteelIWRC — Independent Wire Rope Core

* Available standard galvanized at 10% lower strengths or equivalent strengths asthe above chart on special request.

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

41


MINIMUM BREAKING FORCEUtility or Aircraft Cable

1⁄16 .75 480 4805⁄64 1.1 650 6503⁄32 1.6 920 9207⁄64 2.2 1,260 1,2601⁄8 2.8 1,700 1,7005⁄32 4.3 2,600 2,4003⁄16 6.2 3,700 3,7007⁄32 8.3 4,800 4,8001⁄4 10.6 6,100 6,1009⁄32 13.4 7,600 7,6005⁄16 16.7 9,200 9,0003⁄8 23.6 13,100 12,0001⁄16 .7 480 4803⁄32 1.7 1,000 9207⁄64 2.2 1,400 1,2601⁄8 2.9 2,000 1,7605⁄32 4.5 2,800 2,4003⁄16 6.5 4,200 3,7007⁄32 8.6 5,600 5,0001⁄4 11 7,000 6,4009⁄32 13.9 8,000 7,8005⁄16 17.3 9,800 9,00011⁄32 20.7 12,500 —3⁄8 24.3 14,400 12,000

Approx.Weightper 100Ft. (lbs.)

Minimum Breaking Force (lbs.)

Galvanized Stainless Steel


7x9

7x7

• Smaller SizesFor smaller sizes, choose 7x7 or 7x19 utility or aircraft cable. These ropes are

standard for smaller sizes such as control cable applications. Choose from two

materials: stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel wire rope. Standard utility cable

and fittings are suitable for most applications as small as 1/16 inch in diameter. For

even smaller sizes, please call.

Galvanized strand is also available. The engineering and tabular information on

assemblies provided here is based on the use of wire rope, not strand. If a small

diameter strand such as 1x7 or 1x19 is required, please call.

MEASURING REFERENCE POINTSHere are several examples of various assemblies. The

dotted vertical lines indicate the reference points.

Please specify these reference points when ordering.

If a customized assembly not shown here is needed,

please call and we’ll supply your requirements.

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


42


• Button FerruleExcellent as drum attachment devices, AS-409 Button Ferrules develop the

nominal strength of wire rope. They can be applied at any position along an assembly

to serve many functions—as stops and pullers, for example.

The standard button material is carbon steel, but can be ordered as stainless steel

if desired. Measure the length using maximum dimensions (from outside end of the

ferrule).

Custom designs can be specified with a different button length or finish diameter,

but please send a sketch of the assembly when ordering, keeping in mind that this may

reduce the assembly’s ultimate rated capacity. For proven advice, contact customer

service.

BUTTON FERRULEAS-409

3⁄32 5⁄16 1⁄21⁄8 3⁄8 5⁄85⁄32 7⁄16 3⁄43⁄16 1⁄2 7⁄87⁄32 9⁄16 11⁄4 5⁄8 11⁄89⁄32 11⁄16 13⁄85⁄16 3⁄4 11⁄23⁄8 7⁄8 13⁄47⁄16 1 21⁄2 11⁄8 23⁄89⁄16 11⁄4 25⁄85⁄8 13⁄8 27⁄83⁄4 19⁄16 31⁄27⁄8 13⁄4 41⁄8

1 2 43⁄411⁄8 21⁄4 51⁄411⁄4 21⁄2 57⁄813⁄8 23⁄4 61⁄211⁄2 3 71⁄8

AS

InInches

LS

InInches


SHANK HOOKS-319SWG

3⁄16 .4 4.391⁄4 .46 4.885⁄16 .58 5.33⁄8 .71 5.967⁄16 .91 7.171⁄2 .91 7.179⁄16 1.16 8.615⁄8 1.16 8.613⁄4 1.42 10.257⁄8 1.55 10.89

1 1.8 13.6811⁄8 2.05 19.18

AS

InInches

LS

InInches


AS-409

S-319SWG

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

43


• Threaded SleeveTo maximize the length adjustment of assembly

at the point where a wire rope is attached, the SW-407

Threaded Sleeve is ideal.

The sleeve is made to meet your requirements.

The standard sleeve material is carbon steel, but

stainless steels are also available on request. Sleeves are

furnished without wrench flats unless specified. Please

indicate dimensions across the flats, the number of

sides, and the location on the fitting.

The L and D fitting dimensions should be

identified. Also measure the length of the assembly

using the maximum dimensions (from the outside end

of the sleeve). To determine the thread length (B), use

the minimum dimensions needed. This allows for using

the existing qualified designs. The standard thread used

is Right Hand National Course Class 2A, but other

threads are available on request.

Custom designs may be ordered with different

fitting lengths if required, but that may reduce the

assembly’s overall rated capacity. Call customer service

to evaluate all the possibilities.

• Threaded StudWhen applications require a simple threaded

assembly, the SW-408 Threaded Stud is the most

economical choice for dependable tolerances.

The standard stud material is carbon steel, but

stainless steel and higher strength steels are also

available. Studs are furnished without wrench flats

unless specified, as noted in the Threaded Sleeve

information.

When measuring the thread length, use the

minimum dimensions to make use of existing qualified

designs. Thread length may be increased if desired. The

standard thread used is Right Hand National Course

Class 2A, but other threads are available on request.

The L and D fitting dimensions are needed, along with

the maximum length of the assembly measured using

the outside end of the stud.

Custom designs with different fitting lengths and

thread diameters are available, but that may reduce

the assembly’s ultimate rated capacity. Please check

with customer service.

SW-407

SW-408

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


44


• Fork and Eye EndsIdeal for clevis-type attachments with the advantages

of a compact aircraft terminal when used together. Both are

made to MIL-T-781 specifications with a durable grade 303Se

or 305 stainless steel construction. Both are furnished

without pins. When ordering, measure the length to the

center of the pin hole. Other sizes are available on request.

MS-20667

MS-20668

FORK ENDMS-20667

1⁄16 .188 .218 .093 .5 .344 .138 1.753⁄32 .188 .254 .108 .67 .438 .19 2.0621⁄8 .188 .383 .195 .735 .547 .219 2.6255⁄32 .25 .406 .202 .8 .688 .25 33⁄16 .313 .543 .26 .88 .781 .313 3.257⁄32 .313 .625 .296 .97 .906 .375 3.6881⁄4 .375 .688 .313 1.07 .969 .438 4.0629⁄32 .438 .719 .327 1.17 1.156 .5 4.55⁄16 .438 .765 .348 1.268 1.265 .563 4.753⁄8 .5 .83 .38 1.525 1.5 .625 5.6877⁄16 .562 .83 .38 1.776 1.75 .688 71⁄2 .625 1.035 .473 1.903 1.875 .78 7.55

AfterswageRope

DiameterIn Inches D F G H U AS LS


EYE ENDMS-20668

1⁄16 .523 .188 .088 .359 .138 1.8123⁄32 .707 .188 .103 .438 .19 2.1881⁄8 .738 .188 .190 .5 .219 2.5945⁄32 .831 .25 .197 .64 .25 3.0623⁄16 .903 .313 .255 .781 .313 3.1887⁄32 1.007 .313 .291 .813 .375 3.6251⁄4 1.133 .375 .307 .968 .438 4.9⁄32 1.257 .438 .322 1.109 .5 4.5315⁄16 1.373 .438 .343 1.218 .563 4.8753⁄8 1.688 .5 .375 1.5 .625 67⁄16 1.968 .562 .375 1.75 .688 7.1861⁄2 2.115 .625 .468 1.875 .78 7.76

AfterswageRope

DiameterIn Inches C D J U AS LS


WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

45


• Stud EndStud Ends are made with grade 303Se or 305 stainless steel

for dependable service. They are manufactured to MIL-T-781

specifications and drilled through the standard hex for tie wire.

Length is measured from the outer end of the thread. Other sizes are

available on request. Please specify right-hand or left-hand threads.

• Turnbuckle EndThere are many similarities between the Stud End and

the Turnbuckle End. Unlike the Stud End, though, the

Turnbuckle End has a longer overall length as well as thread

length. Other sizes are available on request. When ordering,

please specify right-hand or left-hand threads.

MS-21259

MS-21260

STUD ENDMS-21259

1⁄16 #6-40 .188 1.045 .138 2.653⁄32 #10-32 .25 1.204 .19 31⁄8 1⁄4-28 .313 1.376 .219 3.595⁄32 1⁄4-28 .313 1.376 .25 43⁄16 5⁄16-24 .375 1.453 .313 4.187⁄32 3⁄8-24 .438 1.625 .375 4.781⁄4 3⁄8-24 .5 1.75 .438 5.189⁄32 7⁄16-20 .625 1.875 .5 5.785⁄16 1⁄2-20 .688 2 .563 6.153⁄8 9⁄16-18 .75 2.25 .625 7.097⁄16 5⁄8-18 .812 2.5 .688 7.971⁄2 5⁄8-18 .875 2.5 .78 8.62

AfterswageRope

DiameterIn Inches B-THD. D T AS LS

All dimensions are in inches. Available in two-sided or six-sidedwrench flats.

TURNBUCKLE ENDMS-21260

1⁄16 #6-40 .092 .188 .375 .138 3.683⁄32 #10-32 .133 .25 .5 .19 3.871⁄8 1⁄4-28 .195 .313 .563 .219 4.285⁄32 1⁄4-28 .195 .313 .625 .25 4.683⁄16 5⁄16-24 .245 .375 .75 .313 4.817⁄32 3⁄8-24 .306 .438 .875 .375 5.151⁄4 3⁄8-24 .306 .5 .875 .438 5.469⁄32 7⁄16-20 .362 .625 1 .5 5.95⁄16 1⁄2-20 .406 .688 1 .563 6.183⁄8 9⁄16-18 .476 .75 1.125 .625 7.047⁄16 5⁄8-18 .538 .812 1.25 .688 8.151⁄2 5⁄8-18 .538 .875 1.25 .78 9.15

AfterswageRope

DiameterIn Inches B-THD. C D T AS LS


WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


46


• Double Shank BallThe Double Shank Ball can be swaged at the end of wire rope or at any point along

the assembly. When installing at any such point, indicate the point along the assembly

with a sketch when ordering. The Double Shank Ball is made according to MIL-T-781

specifications and is built with grade 303Se or 305 stainless steel. Length of the

assembly will be measured to the center of the ball unless otherwise specified. Custom

designs available on request.

• Single Shank BallThe Single Shank Ball can be swaged at the end of the wire rope or at any point

along the assembly. Please specify positioning at any such point by including a sketch

when ordering. Like the Double Shank Ball, the Single Shank Ball is manufactured

according to MIL-T-781 specifications. Standard material is stainless steel, grade 303Se

or 305. Assembly length is measured to the center of the ball unless otherwise specified.

Please call for dimensions other than those shown.

MS-20663

MS-20664

DOUBLE SHANK BALLMS-20663

1⁄16 .112 .19 .39 .0143⁄32 .143 .253 .578 .0191⁄8 .19 .315 .765 .0235⁄32 .222 .379 .953 .0283⁄16 .255 .442 1.14 .0337⁄32 .302 .505 1.328 .0381⁄4 .348 .567 1.515 .0429⁄32 .382 .632 1.719 .0465⁄16 .413 .694 1.875 .046

RopeDiameterIn Inches AS BS LS

RS

Max.Radius


SINGLE SHANK BALLMS-20663

1⁄16 .112 .19 .156 .0143⁄32 .143 .253 .234 .0191⁄8 .19 .315 .313 .0235⁄32 .222 .379 .391 .0283⁄16 .255 .442 .469 .0337⁄32 .302 .505 .547 .0381⁄4 .348 .567 .625 .0429⁄32 .382 .632 .750 .0465⁄16 .413 .694 .813 .046

RopeDiameterIn Inches AS BS CS

RS

Max.Radius


SINGLE SHANK BALLSTANDARD NONMILITARY APPLICATIONS

1768 1⁄4 .53 .812 1.6131769 5⁄16 .53 .812 1.6131770 3⁄8 .53 .812 1.6131764 7⁄16 .89 1.375 2.9051765 11⁄32 .89 1.375 2.9051766 9⁄16 .89 1.375 2.9051767 5⁄8 .89 1.375 2.905

PartNumber

SW- AS BS


Approx.CS

All dimensions are in inches. Other sizes avail-able on request.

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

47


• Open andClosed SocketsDesigned to complement each other. Built with

one-piece, drop-forged steel, these sockets are

rugged and compact. Sockets can be used anywhere

zinc-poured open and closed sockets are used,

unless critical dimensions dictate otherwise.

Both of these sockets are attached in the same

plane as the fitting on the other end of the assembly

unless otherwise specified. Length of each is

measured from the center of the pin hole.

Pins and cotters are standard for the open

sockets, but may be ordered without pins if desired.

SW-501

SW-502

OPEN SOCKETSW-501

1⁄4 11⁄16 5⁄16 11⁄2 13⁄8 .688 .438 .81 47⁄16

5⁄16 13⁄16 13⁄32 13⁄4 15⁄8 .812 .688 .94 515⁄16

3⁄8 13⁄16 13⁄32 13⁄4 15⁄8 .812 .688 .94 515⁄16

7⁄16 1 1⁄2 2 2 1 .875 1.12 75⁄81⁄2 1 1⁄2 2 2 1 .875 1.12 75⁄89⁄16 11⁄4 5⁄8 21⁄4 21⁄2 1.19 1.125 1.37 93⁄16

5⁄8 11⁄4 5⁄8 21⁄4 21⁄2 1.19 1.125 1.37 93⁄16

3⁄4 11⁄2 3⁄4 23⁄4 3 1.38 1.375 1.56 111⁄47⁄8 13⁄4 15⁄16 31⁄4 33⁄8 1.63 1.5 1.78 131⁄8

1 2 11⁄32 33⁄4 4 2 1.75 2.09 151⁄16

11⁄8 21⁄4 13⁄16 41⁄4 41⁄2 2.25 2 2.31 1615⁄16

11⁄4 21⁄2 13⁄16 43⁄4 5 2.5 2.25 2.56 185⁄813⁄8 21⁄2 15⁄16 51⁄4 51⁄4 2.5 2.5 2.81 201⁄211⁄2 3 17⁄16 53⁄4 53⁄4 2.75 2.75 3.13 225⁄16

13⁄4 31⁄2 111⁄16 63⁄4 7 3.5 3 3.63 262 4 113⁄16 8 8 3.75 3.5 4.56 301⁄8

RopeDiameterIn Inches C D E F P AS X

After-swage

LS

All dimensions are in inches. Sockets are not dimensionally inter-changeable with zinc-poured sockets.

CLOSED SOCKETSW-502

1⁄4 17⁄16 1⁄2 .75 .438 .81 315⁄16

5⁄16 111⁄16 11⁄16 .875 .688 .94 51⁄83⁄8 111⁄16 11⁄16 .875 .688 .94 51⁄87⁄16 2 7⁄8 1.063 .875 1.16 65⁄81⁄2 2 7⁄8 1.063 .875 1.16 65⁄89⁄16 21⁄2 11⁄8 1.25 1.125 1.41 85⁄16

5⁄8 21⁄2 11⁄8 1.25 1.125 1.41 85⁄16

3⁄4 3 15⁄16 1.438 1.375 1.65 915⁄16

7⁄8 31⁄2 11⁄2 1.688 1.5 1.81 115⁄81 4 13⁄4 2.063 1.75 2.06 133⁄16

11⁄8 41⁄2 2 2.313 2 2.28 1411⁄16

11⁄4 5 21⁄4 2.563 2.25 2.56 161⁄213⁄8 51⁄4 21⁄4 2.563 2.5 2.88 181⁄811⁄2 51⁄2 21⁄2 2.813 2.75 3.12 199⁄16

13⁄4 63⁄4 3 3.563 3 3.56 232 73⁄4 31⁄4 3.813 3.5 4.62 367⁄16

RopeDiameterIn Inches D E F AS X

After-swage

CS

All dimensions are in inches. Sockets are not dimensionally inter-changeable with zinc-poured sockets.

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


48


• Strap Eye andStrap ForkDesigned for use with the MS-20664 Single

Shank Ball fitting as well as in combination with

each other. Both fittings swivel easily to any plane.

Both are made with durable corrosion-resistant

stainless steel, grade 303Se or 305, stamped and

formed to dimension. Measure their length from the

center of the pin hole to the end of the fitting.

Custom designs of these fittings may be

specified, but they are not intended for military

applications. For these custom designs, see chart to

make certain of the compatible ball and shank.

NAS-1435-E

NAS-1435-K

STRAP EYENAS-1435-E

SP 1-2 NAS-1435-E-2 1⁄16 11⁄16 .454 .188 .88 3⁄8SP 1-3 NAS-1435-E-3 3⁄32 11⁄2 .616 .188 .103 7⁄16

SP 1-4 NAS-1435-E-4 1⁄8 15⁄8 .638 .188 .19 1⁄2SP 1-5 NAS-1435-E-5 5⁄32 115⁄16 .699 .25 .197 9⁄16

SP 1-6 NAS-1435-E-6 3⁄16 23⁄16 .75 .313 .255 11⁄16

PartNumber NAS Number

RopeDiameterIn Inches R H M G D


STRAP FORKNAS-1435-K

SP 2-2 NAS-1435-K-2 1⁄16 11⁄16 .454 .188 .042 3⁄8 .093SP 2-3 NAS-1435-K-3 3⁄32 11⁄2 .616 .188 .049 7⁄16 .108SP 2-4 NAS-1435-K-4 1⁄8 15⁄8 .638 .188 .093 1⁄2 .195SP 2-5 NAS-1435-K-5 5⁄32 131⁄32 .699 .25 .096 9⁄16 .202SP 2-6 NAS-1435-K-6 3⁄16 23⁄16 .75 .313 .125 11⁄16 .26

PartNumber NAS Number

RopeDiameterIn Inches R H M P D G



913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.

49


• Oval EyeFor hanger-type applications that require

smaller diameter pins and a narrower profile than

large ring eyes, the SW-405 Oval Eye is the best

choice. These are made with one-piece, drop-forged

steel for dependable service. Measure the length

from the bearing of the eye.

SW-405

OVAL EYESW-405

3⁄32 25⁄32 7⁄32 11⁄32 7⁄32 21⁄81⁄8 25⁄32 7⁄32 11⁄32 7⁄32 27⁄16

5⁄32 15⁄16 9⁄32 7⁄16 1⁄4 33⁄16 11⁄8 11⁄32 17⁄32 5⁄16 35⁄87⁄32 17⁄16 7⁄16 23⁄32 7⁄16 47⁄16

1⁄4 17⁄16 7⁄16 23⁄32 7⁄16 423⁄32

9⁄32 13⁄4 1⁄2 7⁄8 9⁄16 515⁄32

5⁄16 13⁄4 1⁄2 7⁄8 9⁄16 53⁄43⁄8 21⁄8 5⁄8 1 5⁄8 77⁄16 23⁄8 3⁄4 11⁄4 3⁄4 83⁄32

1⁄2 3 7⁄8 17⁄16 7⁄8 99⁄16

9⁄16 3 7⁄8 17⁄16 7⁄8 105⁄32

RopeDiameterIn Inches D B C AS

Approx.LS


• Ring EyeThe SW-403 Large Ring Eyes offer many

advantages for hanger-type applications. They

feature a large eye opening to make attachment

easy and provide a large internal bearing surface.

They’re made of one-piece, drop-forged steel

construction. To measure the assembly length, use

the distance from the bearing of the eye.

SW-403

RING EYESW-403

3⁄32 1⁄2 1⁄4 1 7⁄32 111⁄16

1⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄4 1 7⁄32 115⁄16

5⁄32 5⁄8 5⁄16 11⁄4 1⁄4 27⁄16

3⁄16 3⁄4 3⁄8 11⁄2 5⁄16 215⁄16

7⁄32 1 1⁄2 2 7⁄16 35⁄81⁄4 1 1⁄2 2 7⁄16 315⁄16

9⁄32 11⁄4 5⁄8 21⁄2 9⁄16 45⁄85⁄16 11⁄4 5⁄8 21⁄2 9⁄16 47⁄83⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄4 3 5⁄8 57⁄87⁄16 13⁄4 7⁄8 31⁄2 3⁄4 67⁄81⁄2 2 1 4 7⁄8 713⁄16

9⁄16 2 1 4 7⁄8 87⁄16

5⁄8 21⁄2 11⁄4 5 11⁄8 93⁄4

RopeDiameterIn Inches D B C AS

Approx.LS


WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


50


• Pin EyeIdeal for clevis-type attachments. The SW-404 Pin Eye has a large pin

bearing area with a durable, weldless, drop-forged steel construction. Measure

the length of the assembly from the center of the pin hole.

A custom-made pin hole diameter may be specified if desired. These pin

eye assemblies can be made to custom dimensions which can be fully machined

to specific applications. For special requirements, contact customer service.

SW-404

PIN EYESW-404

3⁄32 1⁄2 17⁄64 9⁄32 7⁄32 13⁄16

1⁄8 1⁄2 17⁄64 9⁄32 7⁄32 17⁄16

5⁄32 5⁄8 17⁄64 11⁄32 1⁄4 17⁄83⁄16 3⁄4 11⁄32 7⁄16 5⁄16 23⁄16

7⁄32 1 13⁄32 9⁄16 7⁄16 219⁄32

1⁄4 1 13⁄32 9⁄16 7⁄16 213⁄16

9⁄32 11⁄4 17⁄32 11⁄16 9⁄16 39⁄32

5⁄16 11⁄4 17⁄32 11⁄16 9⁄16 317⁄32

3⁄8 11⁄2 21⁄32 13⁄16 5⁄8 47⁄16

7⁄16 13⁄4 25⁄32 15⁄16 3⁄4 53⁄32

1⁄2 2 29⁄32 11⁄16 7⁄8 525⁄32

9⁄16 2 29⁄32 11⁄16 7⁄8 65⁄16

5⁄8 3 15⁄32 11⁄4 11⁄8 71⁄16

3⁄4 35⁄8 17⁄16 11⁄2 11⁄8 81⁄2

RopeDiameterIn Inches C D B AS

After-swage

LS


• JawThe SW-406 Jaw can be used two ways. One, with the

SW-404 Pineye when needed for multiple lengths of

assemblies. And two, for single lug attachment of a wire

rope assembly.

This Jaw offers excellent pin bearing surface, and can

also be depended on for long life with its rugged, one-piece,

drop-forged steel construction. Measure the length of the

assembly from the center of the pin.

Jaw supplied without a pin or a nut and bolt, but either

can be provided if specified on order.

SW-406

JAWSW-406

3⁄32 5⁄8 7⁄32 7⁄16 5⁄8 1⁄4 7⁄32 115⁄16

1⁄8 5⁄8 7⁄32 7⁄16 5⁄8 1⁄4 7⁄32 21⁄45⁄32 3⁄4 1⁄4 1⁄2 11⁄16 1⁄4 1⁄4 213⁄16

3⁄16 13⁄16 5⁄16 1⁄2 13⁄16 5⁄16 5⁄16 31⁄87⁄32 1 3⁄8 5⁄8 1 7⁄16 7⁄16 33⁄41⁄4 1 3⁄8 5⁄8 1 7⁄16 7⁄16 41⁄16

9⁄32 15⁄16 7⁄16 3⁄4 15⁄16 1⁄2 9⁄16 43⁄45⁄16 15⁄16 7⁄16 3⁄4 15⁄16 1⁄2 9⁄16 51⁄16

3⁄8 11⁄2 7⁄16 15⁄16 15⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 67⁄16 13⁄4 1⁄2 11⁄16 13⁄4 3⁄4 3⁄4 71⁄2 2 5⁄8 13⁄16 21⁄8 1 7⁄8 81⁄16

9⁄16 2 5⁄8 13⁄16 21⁄8 1 7⁄8 85⁄85⁄8 27⁄16 7⁄8 13⁄4 27⁄8 11⁄8 11⁄8 103⁄83⁄4 213⁄16 11⁄16 23⁄16 31⁄8 13⁄8 11⁄4 113⁄4

RopeDiameterIn Inches D B E G C AS

After-swage

LS


WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

51


• CableCable can be readily obtained coated in hard PVC or uncoated.

Semi-rigid 1x19 stainless steel cable is chosen for most straight runs and

railing applications. Semi-flexible 7x7 is used for corners over 90.° 7x19

is flexible and used for decorative purposes. 3⁄16” cable is the most popular

size for cable railings.

STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPEBREAKING STRENGTH

1⁄8 2100 1700 17603⁄16 4700 3700 37001⁄4 8200 6100 64003⁄8 17500 12600 12000

RopeDiameterIn Inches 1x19 7x7 7x19


CABLE ATTACHMENT & ASSEMBLIESA complete cable assembly must have the following elements:

1. A turnbuckle or an adjustable threaded stud to tension the cable.

2. An attachment point at each end, with an end fitting, that will support the tension of the cable.

Although there are many different ways to make a cable assembly, these two elements must be present to have a proper cable

assembly. Because aesthetics are important, many fittings are available that look different but accomplish the same thing. This allows

for mixing and matching in order to come up with the right look when designing a rail.

• Cable Set Up1. Space cable at 3” on center to meet a 4” code or 1” closer than the code requires.

2. End posts need to be strong enough to support the number of cable assemblies used and tensioned to 350 lbs. per cable assembly.

3. Intermediate posts need to be placed every 4 feet.

4. Cable lengths need to be kept under 50 ft. in length for conventional turnbuckles (100 ft. if using 2 turnbuckles) and under 30 ft.

(60 ft. if using 2 turnbuckles) for Smooth Line fittings.

• End Attachment Specifications1⁄4” Cable Turnbuckle

& Toggle Jaw

5⁄16” Thread

3⁄8” Thread

Ball End Turnbuckle used in an angle situation such asstairs. Used with end post thickness up to 31⁄2.”

Button End can be used with end post thickness up to 31⁄2.”

1⁄4” Thread

1⁄8” & 3⁄16” Cable Turnbuckle & Toggle Jaw

1⁄8” & 3⁄16” Cable Deck Toggle(1⁄4” Toggle has 11⁄2” hole spacing

and 5⁄16” holes)

180°

3⁄4”

5⁄16”

5⁄16”Dia. Pin

180°

7⁄8”

3⁄8”

3⁄8”Dia. Pin

9⁄16”

180°

1⁄4”

1⁄4”

1⁄4”Dia. Pin

140°15⁄16”

(2) 1⁄4” Holes

5⁄8”

11⁄2” Add-L for 31⁄2”

11⁄2” Add-L for 31⁄2”

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


52


• Cable Assembly Important Information1. End posts need to be able to support 350 lbs. per the number of cables.

2. Space cables at 3” on center to meet 4” sphere test.

3. Minimum hole size to pass stud through stanchion: 1⁄8” & 3⁄16” Cable — 3⁄8” hole; 1⁄4” Cable — 1⁄2” hole.

4. Maximum Stanchion Span: 4 feet.

5. Maximum Run per Smooth Line: 30 feet.

6. Maximum Run per Turnbuckle: 50 feet.

6. Use fittings at each end with an adjustable threaded stud or turnbuckle.

7. The cable runs shown are only a small sample of what is available.

• Cable Assembly Examples

Button Smooth Line TurnbuckleToggle Jaw

Threaded Into Rail

Eye Threaded Into Rail Swage to Swage Turnbuckle

Threaded Terminal Through Bolt

1/4” Welded Tab

PVC Coated Cable or Clear Coated

Button & Swage Turnbuckle

Stanchion Terminal

Deck Toggle Turnbuckle Ball End Terminal

“The Terminator”Ball End Smooth Line

Deck Toggle Turnbuckle

30° Angled Washer for stairways.Use with Button Ends

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

53


CLASSIC JAW & SWAGETurnbuckle

1⁄8 1⁄4 111⁄4 81⁄43⁄16 1⁄4 111⁄4 81⁄41⁄4* 5⁄16 123⁄4 91⁄4 3⁄8 141⁄4 101⁄8 1⁄4 115⁄8 83⁄43⁄16 1⁄4 115⁄8 83⁄4

ThreadSize Open Closed

Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE

• Classic Jaw &Swage TurnbuckleAn excellent choice for a wide variety

of applications. A clevis pin in the jaw

attaches to the eyes, tabs, or in a channel.

Can be used in straight run or at an angle.

Also available in “Shortie” size, 3” long

body with 2” of adjustment. Best if used

with Toggle Jaw.

All dimensions are in inches.* Swage with 7⁄32” die.

JawAttachmentTab

DECK TOGGLE & SWAGETurnbuckle

1⁄8 1⁄4 103⁄4 73⁄43⁄16 1⁄4 111⁄4 81⁄41⁄4 5⁄16 12 91⁄41⁄8 1⁄4 111⁄2 81⁄2

3⁄16 1⁄4 111⁄2 81⁄2


Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE

• Deck Toggle &Swage TurnbuckleCan be mounted to any flat surface

and is held in place by two tabs suitable

for through bolting. The best feature of

the deck toggle is its ability to articluate

140°. Also available in “Shortie” size, 3”

long body with 2” of adjustment. Best if

used with deck terminal.All dimensions are in inches.

Deck ToggleAdjustment

• Ball End & SwageTurnbuckleMade to accept the angles of stairways.

The Ball End allows the turnbuckle to

integrate itself to your desired angle. The ball

allows this turnbuckle to gimbal in its

mount. 5⁄32” cable size available. Best if used

with Ball End Terminal.


Ball End AttachmentBALL END & SWAGETurnbuckle

1⁄8 1⁄4 111⁄4 81⁄43⁄16 1⁄4 111⁄4 81⁄41⁄4* 5⁄16 141⁄8 101⁄41⁄8 1⁄4 1111⁄16 81⁄8

3⁄16 1⁄4 12 81⁄2


Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE

SLOT LENGTH

X 1⁄2” 19⁄32” 11⁄16”1/4” 3/8” 1/2”

PlateThickness

Drill mountingholes at angles or with slots

1” orlonger

Weld this edge tocorner bracket

Deck ToggleOutline 2”x5⁄8”

1⁄32” wider thanthread diameter

Hole 1⁄32” larger thanpin diameter

9⁄32” or 11⁄32”diameter

1⁄4” thick stock

5⁄16”

3⁄4”

15⁄16” or 11⁄2”

Flat Surface

X

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


54


• Button & SwageTurnbuckleA clean and simple look with no jaw.

The Button and Swage Turnbuckle must be

used on a straight run and attached in a

through hole with the button on the

backside of the baluster. Best if used with

Stanchon Terminal.



Button Attachment BUTTON & SWAGETurnbuckle

1⁄8 1⁄4 111⁄2 81⁄43⁄16 1⁄4 111⁄2 81⁄41⁄4* 5⁄16 141⁄4 101⁄21⁄8 1⁄4 1111⁄16 81⁄8

3⁄16 1⁄4 12 81⁄2


Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE

• Swage To SwageTurnbuckleAppearing in the middle of the cable,

the Swage To Swage Turnbuckle needs a

fitting at each end to make a complete

assembly. Although three fittings are needed

per cable run, it makes for a distinctive look.

Also available in “Shortie” size, 3” long body

with 2” of adjustment. Can be used with

Toggle Jaw, etc.

• Jaw Smooth LineTurnbuckleThe Smooth Line Turnbuckles are state-

of-the-art fittings. The cable is terminated

internally so a swage terminal (or threads) is

not visible as on a conventional turnbuckle.

The jaw will easily attach to eyes, tabs, or in

a channel. Adapts to a wide variety of

projects. Best if used with Toggle Jaw.All dimensions are in inches.

JAW SMOOTH LINETurnbuckle

1⁄8 1⁄4 8 65⁄16

3⁄16 1⁄4 8 65⁄16

1⁄4 5⁄16 9 71⁄8 1⁄4 8 65⁄16

3⁄16 1⁄4 8 65⁄16


Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE

SWAGE TO SWAGETurnbuckle

1⁄8 1⁄4 113⁄4 83⁄43⁄16 1⁄4 113⁄4 83⁄41⁄4* 5⁄16 131⁄4 93⁄41⁄4 3⁄8 147⁄8 105⁄81⁄8 1⁄4 121⁄2 91⁄23⁄16 1⁄4 121⁄2 91⁄2


Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE

Hole 1⁄32” largerthan thread size

Width can be up to 11⁄2” or 31⁄2”

Add-L

Swage to Swage appears in the middle of the cable run. Make a hole for

turnbuckle to pass through if desired.

W

Jaw Attachment Tab

1” orlonger


Hole 1⁄32”largerthan pindiameter


5⁄16”

3⁄4”

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

55


• Deck ToggleSmooth LineTurnbuckleMounts to any flat surface. Can be

through bolted by its two tabs, and also has

the ability to toggle 140°. Best if used with

Deck Terminal.

• Ball End SmoothLine TurnbuckleGimbals in its own mount, making it

the turnbuckle of choice on stairways or

anywhere a cable installation at a divergent

angle is needed. Best if used with a Ball End

Terminal.

• Button SmoothLine TurnbuckleThe cleanest, simplest look of all the

Smooth Lines. The button retains the fitting

in a through hole in the baluster. The fitting

is used in straight line runs. Best if used with

a Stanchion Terminal.

All dimensions are in inches.*swage with 7⁄32” die.

DECK TOGGLE SMOOTH LINETurnbuckle

1⁄8 1⁄4 8 65⁄16

3⁄16 1⁄4 8 65⁄16

1⁄4 5⁄16 8 61⁄8* 1⁄4 8 65⁄16

3⁄16 1⁄4 8 65⁄16


Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE


BALL END SMOOTH LINETurnbuckle

1⁄8 1⁄4 99⁄16 713⁄16

3⁄16 1⁄4 99⁄16 713⁄16

1⁄4* 5⁄16 10 81⁄8 1⁄4 99⁄16 713⁄16

3⁄16 1⁄4 99⁄16 713⁄16


Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE


BUTTON SMOOTH LINETurnbuckle

1⁄8 1⁄4 99⁄16 713⁄16

3⁄16 1⁄4 99⁄16 713⁄16

1⁄4* 5⁄16 10 81⁄8 1⁄4 99⁄16 713⁄16

3⁄16 1⁄4 99⁄16 713⁄16


Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE

Deck ToggleAdjustment

Deck ToggleOutline 2”x5⁄8”

9⁄32” or 11⁄32”diameter

15⁄16” or 11⁄2”

Flat Surface

Ball End AttachmentDrill mountingholes at angles or with slots


X

SLOT LENGTH

X 1⁄2” 19⁄32” 11⁄16”1/4” 3/8” 1/2”

PlateThickness

Button Attachment1⁄32” wider thanthread diameter

Width can be up to 11⁄2” or 31⁄2”

Add-L

W

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


56



RAILJUSTERTurnbuckle

1⁄8 1⁄4 61⁄2 53⁄16 1⁄4 61⁄2 5

1⁄8 1⁄4 71⁄4 53⁄43⁄16 1⁄4 71⁄4 53⁄4


Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE



• RailjusterTurnbuckleMade for quick assembly with an allen

wrench and an adjustable wrench once it is

swaged to the wire. The allen head saves

time during installation. Best if used with a

Railjuster Turnbuckle.

• Threaded TerminalThe simplest way to make a cable

assembly is with a Threaded Terminal at each

end. Clean and simple, this style can span up

to 50 ft. in a straight run. Best if used with

Ball End Terminal.

• Decko TurnbuckleThe Decko Turnbuckle adds a distinctive

look to our classic turnbuckle series. Offered

with a jaw (as shown) or with deck toggles,

button, or ball ends. Best if used with Toggle

Jaw.

Railjuster Attachment

1⁄2” hole

Width can be up to 31⁄4” long

W

Threaded TerminalAttachment


Width can be up to 31⁄2” except for 1⁄4”with 3⁄8” threads (21⁄2”)

W

THREADED TERMINAL

1⁄8 1⁄4-28x21⁄2 33⁄43⁄16 1⁄4-28x21⁄2 41⁄41⁄4* 5⁄16-24x21⁄2 43⁄41⁄4 3⁄8-24x3 51⁄41⁄8 1⁄4-28x21⁄2 47⁄16

3⁄16 1⁄4-28x21⁄2 413⁄16

Thread SizeOverallLength

Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE

Jaw Attachment Tab

1” orlonger




5⁄16”

3⁄4”

DECKO SWAGETurnbuckle

1⁄8 1⁄4 111⁄4 81⁄43⁄16 1⁄4 111⁄4 81⁄4

1⁄8 1⁄4 115⁄8 83⁄43⁄16 1⁄4 115⁄8 83⁄4


Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

57


TOGGLE JAWEnd Fitting

1⁄8 33⁄16 1⁄43⁄16 35⁄16 1⁄41⁄4* 31⁄4 5⁄16

1⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄81⁄8# 33⁄16 1⁄43⁄16 313⁄16 1⁄4

Length Pin Size

Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE

All dimensions are in inches.* Swage with 7⁄32” die.#Not true 1⁄8” fitting.

DECK TERMINALEnd Fitting

1⁄8 21⁄8 1⁄43⁄16 21⁄8 1⁄41⁄4* 31⁄4 5⁄16

1⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄43⁄16 3 1⁄4

Length Hole Size

Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE

All dimensions are in inches.* Swage with 7⁄32” die.#Not true 1⁄8” fitting.

Length

Length

15⁄16” or 11⁄2”Length

Thread

STANCHION TERMINALEnd Fitting

1⁄8 2 1⁄4-283⁄16 21⁄8 1⁄4-281⁄4* 21⁄2 5⁄16-241⁄8 33⁄16 1⁄4-283⁄16 313⁄16 1⁄4-28

Length Thread

Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE


Length

9⁄16”

Length

5⁄8”

BALL END TERMINALEnd Fitting

1⁄8 111⁄16 1⁄4-283⁄16 21⁄8 1⁄4-281⁄4* 21⁄2 5⁄16-241⁄8 23⁄8 1⁄4-283⁄16 23⁄4 1⁄4-28

Length Thread

Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE


THREADED TERMINALEnd Fitting

1⁄8 1⁄4-28x21⁄2 33⁄43⁄16 1⁄4-28x21⁄2 41⁄41⁄4* 5⁄16-24x21⁄2 43⁄41⁄4 3⁄8-24x3 51⁄41⁄8 1⁄4-28x21⁄2 47⁄16

3⁄16 1⁄4-28x21⁄2 413⁄16

ThreadOverallLength

Wire Size InInches

HAN

D M

ACH

INE

CRIM

PSW

AGE


1⁄8” & 3/16” require 11⁄32” hole in stanchion.1⁄4” requires 13⁄32” hole in stanchion.

Requires 11/32” DiameterHole in Stanchion

S Y N T H E T I C S L I N G S

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


60


PERMANENT ID TAGSEach sling features a tag that provides a durable

record of the type and stock number as well as the

vertical, choker, and basket hitch rated capacities for

the sling. The standard tag is vinyl and can be

imprinted with additional information if needed.

Leather tags can be provided for an additional

charge.

Regardless of its construction, each sling must

have a tag attached to it. If not, remove the sling

from service per OSHA and ASME B30.9

requirements.

SLING REPLACEMENT Standard in all slings is a red wear warning alert.

Inner load bearing yarns carry over 80% of the load.

When the protective outer layer of webbing is worn

away or damaged, the red yarns of the inner layer

are exposed to give a telltale warning. When the red

yarns are visible, remove sling from service

immediately.

OPTIONAL WEAR PADSWear protection is standard only on Types 6 and 7. If planning to use any other slings

in damaging conditions, specify optional wear pads when ordering.

Padded slings include a nylon and polyester buffer designed specially for this

application. They are also available in synthetic leather that is more economical and

stiffer than regular leather or in the same material as the sling body. Other materials

may be chosen; please specify when ordering.

• Regular An extra layer of material is sewn at the wear points on either or both sides

of the sling body or eyes. Multiple layers are also available upon request.

• Edge Guard Pads are sewn along the edges of the sling body to offer extra protection at

a critical wear area.

• Sleeve or Tube Protects both sides of the sling body and can easily slide across the sling.

Remains stationary as the sling stretches while the load is being lifted.

• Wrap Similar to the sleeve, but is sewn onto the sling body to protect the edges

as well as the lifting surface.

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

61


NYLON & POLYESTER WEB SLINGSHeavy Duty — Rated Capacities in Lbs.

TC1-902 TT1-902 3,200 2,500 6,400TC1-903 TT1-903 4,800 3,800 9,600TC1-904 TT1-904 6,400 5,000 12,800TC1-906 TT1-906 9,600 7,700 19,200TC1-908 TT1-908 12,800 10,200 25,600TC1-910 TT1-910 16,000 12,800 32,000TC1-912 TT1-912 19,200 15,400 38,400TC2-902 TT2-902 6,400 5,000 12,800TC2-903 TT2-903 8,600 6,900 17,200TC2-904 TT2-904 11,500 9,200 23,000TC2-906 TT2-906 16,300 13,000 32,600TC2-908 TT2-908 19,200 15,000 38,400TC2-910 TT2-910 22,400 17,400 44,800TC2-912 TT2-912 26,900 21,500 53,800

Vertical Choker* BasketType 1(TC)

Type 2(TT)

3- and 4-ply hardware slings available on request.

* Type 2 cannot be used in a choker hitch.

TWO

PLY

ON

E PL

Y

NYLON & POLYESTER WEB SLINGSLight Duty — Rated Capacities in Lbs.

TC1-702 TT1-702 2,400 1,900 4,800TC1-703 TT1-703 3,600 2,900 7,200TC1-704 TT1-704 4,800 3,800 9,600TC1-706 TT1-706 7,200 5,800 14,400TC2-702 TT2-702 4,800 3,800 9,600TC2-703 TT2-703 6,500 5,200 13,000TC2-704 TT2-704 8,600 6,900 17,200TC2-706 TT2-706 12,600 10,100 25,200

Vertical Choker* BasketType 1(TC)

Type 2(TT)

* Type 2 cannot be used in a choker hitch.

TWO

PLY

ON

E PL

Y

Type 1Triangle/Choker

Aluminum hardware is available on singleply Types 1 and 2 in 2,” 3,” 4,” and 6” widths.

Type 2Triangle/Triangle

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


62



EE1-901 1,600 1,250 3,200EE1-902 3,200 2,500 6,400EE1-903 4,800 3,800 9,600EE1-904 6,400 5,000 12,800EE1-906 9,600 7,700 19,200EE1-908 12,800 10,200 25,600EE1-910 16,000 12,800 32,000EE1-912 19,200 15,400 38,400EE2-901 3,200 2,500 6,400EE2-902 6,400 5,000 12,800EE2-903 8,600 6,900 17,200EE2-904 11,500 9,200 23,000EE2-906 16,300 13,000 32,600EE2-908 19,200 15,400 38,400EE2-910 22,400 17,900 44,800EE2-912 26,900 21,500 53,800EE3-901 4,100 3,300 8,200EE3-902 8,300 6,600 16,600EE3-903 12,500 10,000 25,000EE3-904 16,000 12,800 32,000EE3-906 23,000 18,400 46,000EE3-908 30,700 24,500 61,400EE3-910 36,800 29,400 73,600EE3-912 44,000 35,200 88,000EE4-901 5,000 4,000 10,000EE4-902 10,000 8,000 20,000EE4-903 14,900 11,900 29,800EE4-904 19,800 15,800 39,600EE4-906 29,800 23,800 59,600EE4-908 39,700 31,700 79,400EE4-910 49,600 39,600 99,200EE4-912 59,500 47,600 119,000

Vertical Choker Basket

Type 3 (Flat Eye) & Type 4

(Twisted Eye)

FOU

R PL

YTH

REE

PLY

TWO

PLY

ON

E PL

Y


EE1-701 1,200 950 2,400EE1-702 2,400 1,900 4,800EE1-703 3,600 2,900 7,200EE1-704 4,800 3,800 9,600EE1-706 7,200 5,800 14,400EE2-701 2,400 1,900 4,800EE2-702 4,800 3,800 9,600EE2-703 6,500 5,200 13,000EE2-704 8,600 6,900 17,200EE2-706 12,200 9,800 24,400EE3-701 3,500 2,800 7,000EE3-702 7,000 5,600 14,000EE3-703 9,400 7,500 18,800EE3-704 12,000 9,600 24,000EE3-706 18,000 14,400 36,000EE4-701 4,200 3,400 8,400EE4-702 8,000 6,400 16,000EE4-703 12,000 9,600 24,000EE4-704 16,000 12,800 32,000EE4-706 23,500 18,800 47,000


Type 3 (Flat Eye) & Type 4

(Twisted Eye)

FOU

R PL

YTH

REE

PLY

TWO

PLY

ON

E PL

Y

Type 3Eye/Flat Eye

Type 4Eye/ Twised Eye

Types 3 and 4 are tapered at 3” and widerunless otherwise ordered. These widerslings are tapered at the bearing points toaccommodate a crane hook.

EYE LENGTH

1 9 9 12 122 9 9 12 123 12 12 18 184 12 12 18 185 15 15 20 206 18 18 24 248 24 24 30 30

10 30 30 36 3612 30 30 36 36

SlingWidth

In Inches 1 2 3 4


WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

63



EN1-901 3,200 2,500 6,400EN1-902 6,400 5,000 12,800EN1-903 8,600 6,900 17,200EN1-904 11,500 9,200 23,000EN1-906 16,300 13,000 32,600EN1-908 19,200 15,400 38,400EN1-910 22,400 17,900 44,800EN1-912 26,900 21,500 53,800EN2-901 6,200 4,900 12,400EN2-902 12,200 9,800 24,400EN2-903 16,300 13,000 32,600EN2-904 20,700 16,500 41,400EN2-906 28,600 23,000 57,200EN2-908 30,700 24,500 61,400EN2-910 33,600 26,800 67,200EN2-912 37,600 30,000 75,200EN3-901 8,000 6,400 16,000EN3-902 16,000 12,800 32,000EN3-903 21,500 17,200 43,000EN3-904 28,700 23,000 57,400EN3-906 40,700 32,500 81,400EN3-908 46,000 36,800 92,000EN3-910 51,500 41,200103,000EN3-912 59,200 47,300 118,400EN4-901 10,000 8,000 20,000EN4-902 19,800 15,800 39,600EN4-903 26,700 21,300 53,400EN4-904 35,600 28,400 71,200EN4-906 50,500 40,400 101,000EN4-908 57,600 46,000 115,200EN4-910 67,200 53,700134,400EN4-912 80,700 64,500 161,400

Vertical Choker BasketType 5 (EN)

FOU

R PL

YTH

REE

PLY

TWO

PLY

ON

E PL

Y


EN1-701 2,400 1,900 4,800EN1-702 4,800 3,800 9,600EN1-703 6,500 5,200 13,000EN1-704 8,600 6,900 17,200EN1-706 12,200 9,800 24,400EN2-701 4,800 3,800 9,600EN2-702 9,600 7,700 19,200EN2-703 11,700 9,400 23,400EN2-704 15,500 12,400 31,000EN2-706 22,500 18,000 45,000EN3-701 6,200 4,900 12,400EN3-702 12,500 10,000 25,000EN3-703 16,300 13,000 32,600EN3-704 20,600 16,400 41,200EN3-706 29,300 23,400 58,600EN4-701 7,700 6,200 15,400EN4-702 15,500 12,400 31,000EN4-703 20,800 16,600 41,600EN4-704 26,600 21,200 53,200EN4-706 37,800 30,200 75,600

Vertical Choker BasketType 5 (EN)

FOU

R PL

YTH

REE

PLY

TWO

PLY

ON

E PL

Y

Type 5Endless or Grommet

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


64


CORDURA LINED REVERSE EYE SLINGSHeavy Duty — Rated Capacities in Lbs.

RE1-702 3,600 2,900 7,200 2 9RE1-704 6,800 5,400 13,600 4 15RE1-706 8,000 6,400 16,000 6 15RE2-702 5,200 4,200 10,400 2 9RE2-704 10,500 8,400 21,000 4 15RE2-706 14,400 11,500 28,000 6 15RE3-704 14,000 11,200 28,000 4 15RE3-706 20,000 16,000 40,000 6 15


SlingWidth inInches

EyeLength

in InchesType 6 (RE)

3 PL

Y2

PLY

1 PL

Y

CORDURA LINED REVERSE EYE SLINGSHeavy Duty — Rated Capacities in Lbs.

RE1-902 4,500 3,600 9,000 2 9RE1-904 7,700 6,200 15,400 4 15RE1-906 11,000 8,800 22,000 6 15RE2-902 6,500 5,200 13,000 2 9RE2-904 13,000 10,400 26,000 4 15RE2-906 20,000 16,000 40,000 6 15RE3-904 16,400 13,100 32,800 4 15RE3-906 25,500 20,400 51,000 6 15

RE4-906 34,000 27,200 68,000 6 15


SlingWidth inInches

EyeLength

in InchesType 6 (RE)

4 PL

Y3

PLY

2 PL

Y1

PLY

Type 6Reversed Eye

Attached Eye Wide-Lift Continuous Eye Wide-Lift

ATTACHED EYE WIDE-LIFTRated Capacities in Lbs.

WLA1-806 6 5,000 10 1WLA1-808 8 5,000 10 1WLA1-810 10 5,000 12 1WLA1-812 12 5,000 12 1WLA1-816 16 10,000 12 2WLA1-820 20 10,000 18 2WLA1-824 24 10,000 18 2WLA2-806 6 10,000 10 1WLA2-808 8 10,000 10 1WLA2-810 10 10,000 12 1WLA2-812 12 10,000 12 1WLA2-816 16 18,000 12 2WLA2-820 20 18,000 18 2WLA2-824 24 18,000 18 2WLA2-830 30 18,000 22 2WLA2-836 36 18,000 27 2WLA2-848 48 18,000 36 2

BodyWidth

in Inches Vertical

EyeLength

in Inches

TaperedEye

Width inInchesPart No.

TWO

PLY

ON

E PL

Y

CONTINUOUS EYE WIDE-LIFTRated Capacities in Lbs.

WL1-806 6 15,400 9 11⁄2WL1-808 8 20,400 12 2WL1-812 12 30,800 18 2WL1-816 16 38,000 24 23⁄4WL1-820 20 45,000 30 31⁄2WL1-824 24 52,000 36 4WL1-830 30 45,000 45 4WL1-836 36 45,000 54 4WL2-806 6 28,600 9 11⁄2WL2-808 8 38,000 12 2WL2-812 12 57,200 18 3WL2-816 16 75,000 24 4WL2-820 20 90,000 30 5WL2-824 24 110,000 36 6WL2-830 30 90,000 45 6WL2-836 36 90,000 54 6

BodyWidth

in Inches Vertical

EyeLength

in Inches

TaperedEye

Width inInchesPart No.

TWO

PLY

ON

E PL

Y

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

65


How To Measure Endless How To Measure Eye and Eye

TUFLEX ENDLESS ROUNDSLINGSRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

EN30 Purple 2,600 2,100 5,200 11⁄2 .2 5⁄8 11⁄8 1⁄2EN60 Green 5,300 4,200 10,600 11⁄2 .3 7⁄8 11⁄2 5⁄8EN90 Yellow 8,400 6,700 16,800 3 .5 11⁄8 17⁄8 3⁄4EN120 Tan 10,600 8,500 21,200 3 .6 11⁄8 21⁄8 7⁄8EN150 Red 13,200 10,600 26,400 3 .8 13⁄8 21⁄4 1EN180 White 16,800 13,400 33,600 3 .9 13⁄8 21⁄2 1EN240 Blue 21,200 17,000 42,400 3 1.3 13⁄4 3 11⁄4EN280 Orange 25,000 20,000 50,000 3 1.5 2 31⁄4 11⁄4EN360 Grey 31,000 24,800 62,000 3 1.7 21⁄4 33⁄4 11⁄2EN460 Orange 40,000 32,000 80,000 3 2.2 21⁄2 41⁄8 13⁄4EN600 Brown 53,000 42,400 106,000 8 2.8 23⁄4 45⁄8 13⁄4EN800 Olive 66,000 52,800 132,000 8 3.4 31⁄8 51⁄4 2EN1000 Black 90,000 72,000 180,000 8 4.3 35⁄8 6 21⁄2

Approximate Measurements

PartNumber Color

Measurements in inches unless noted. Do not exceed rated capacities. Sling capacity decreases as the angle from horizontal decreases. Slings shouldnot be used at angles of less than 30°.

* Smallest recommended connection hardware diameter to be used for a vertical hitch

• Tuflex EndlessTuflex Endless (EN) is the most versatile

Tuflex Roundsling, maintaining all the basic

Tuflex features, plus

• Promotes safety – Load stability and

balance can be achieved by

spreading sling legs

• Saves money – The most flexible

style of sling; wear points can be

shifted to extend sling life


MinimumLength in Feet

Weightin Lbs./Ft.

Body Dia.Relaxed

Width at Load

MinimumHardwareDiameter*

TUFLEX EYE AND EYERATED CAPACITY IN LBS

EE30 Purple 2,600 2,100 5,200 4 .25 21⁄4 10 1⁄2EE60 Green 5,300 4,200 10,600 4 .36 21⁄2 10 5⁄8EE90 Yellow 8,400 6,700 16,800 4 .5 21⁄2 12 3⁄4EE120 Tan 10,600 8,500 21,200 5 .6 31⁄2 12 7⁄8EE150 Red 13,200 10,600 26,400 5 .84 31⁄2 14 1EE180 White 16,800 13,400 33,600 7 .96 31⁄2 16 1EE240 Blue 21,200 17,000 42,400 7 1.45 41⁄4 16 11⁄4EE280 Orange 25,000 20,000 50,000 7 1.6 5 18 11⁄4EE360 Grey 31,000 24,800 62,000 7 1.8 6 20 11⁄2EE460 Orange 40,000 32,000 80,000 8 2.2 61⁄2 22 13⁄4EE600 Brown 53,000 42,400 106,000 8 2.7 7 24 13⁄4EE800 Olive 66,000 52,800 132,000 10 3.3 8 30 2EE1000 Black 90,000 72,000 180,000 12 4.2 9 36 21⁄2


PartNumber Color

Measurements in inches unless noted. Do not exceed rated capacities. Sling capacity decreases as the angle from horizontaldecreases. Slings should not be used at angles of less than 30°.

* Smallest recommended connection hardware diameter to be used for a vertical hitch

** Shorter lengths available using reduced eye lengths.

• Tuflex Eye and EyeA more rugged and durable Tuflex with

the advantage of an additional jacket of

texturized, abrasion-resistant nylon covering

the body of the standard Tuflex, forming two

color-coded lifting eyes.

Maintains all the basic Tuflex features

plus saves money by extending sling life

where abrasion to sling body is a

problem.


MinimumLength

in Feet**Weight

in Lbs./Ft.

BodyWidth atLoad (W)

StandardEye

Length(EL)


WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


66


KEYFLEX™ ARAMID ROUNDSLINGSRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

KEN10K 10,000 8,000 20,000 3 .3 1 13⁄4 7⁄8KEN15K 15,000 12,000 30,000 3 .5 11⁄8 2 1KEN20K 20,000 16,000 40,000 3 .6 11⁄4 21⁄4 11⁄4KEN25K 25,000 20,000 50,000 3 .7 11⁄4 21⁄2 13⁄8KEN30K 30,000 24,000 60,000 8 .8 13⁄8 23⁄4 11⁄2KEN40K 40,000 32,000 80,000 8 1 13⁄4 3 11⁄2KEN50K 50,000 40,000 100,000 10 1.2 17⁄8 31⁄2 13⁄4KEN60K 60,000 48,000 120,000 10 1.5 2 33⁄4 2KEN70K 70,000 56,000 140,000 10 1.7 21⁄8 4 21⁄2KEN80K 80,000 64,000 160,000 10 1.8 21⁄4 41⁄4 21⁄2KEN90K 90,000 72,000 180,000 10 2.1 21⁄2 43⁄4 21⁄2KEN100K 100,000 80,000 200,000 10 2.6 23⁄4 5 21⁄2KEN125K 125,000 100,000 250,000 10 3 3 51⁄4 3KEN150K 150,000 120,000 300,000 10 3.5 31⁄4 51⁄2 31⁄2KEN175K 175,000 140,000 350,000 10 4 31⁄2 6 31⁄2KEN200K 200,000 160,000 400,000 10 4.5 33⁄4 61⁄4 31⁄2


Part Number

KEYFLEX™ ARAMIDROUNDSLINGSThe strongest and lightest slings in the world!

Rigging injuries decrease when lighter, less

cumbersome slings are used. Light, flexible

KeyFlex™ Roundslings help prevent injuries.

On the average, KeyFlex™ Roundslings are:

• 53% lighter than Tuflex™ Roundslings

• 82% lighter than wire rope slings

• 89% lighter than G80 chain slings

• KeyFlex™ Benefits• Lowest weight per capacity reduces

risk of back and other injuries to

riggers

• Low stretch (1% at rated capacity)

reduces elastic bounce for better load

control—allowing for use in most low

headroom situations—and reduces

sling and load abrasion

• Aramid load yarns allow sling use up

to 350° F versus 200° F for other

synthetics

• Lightweight and compact size

promotes speedier rigging, transport,

and storage when compared to any

other type of sling

The chart at the right plots theweights of 20 ft. long slings at fivedifferent capacities:

Type Vertical Rating Weight

KeyFlex™ 90,000 lbs. 42 lbs.

Tuflex™ 90,000 lbs. 86 lbs.

Wire Rope 88,000 lbs. 357 lbs.

Chain 72,300 lbs. 358 lbs.

Promote Safety• Synthetic materials won’t cut hands• Consistent matched lengths for better

multiple sling control• No loss of strength from abrasion or

double walled jacket• Tuff-Tag™ provides serial numbered

identification for traceability• Conforms to shape of load to grip

securely• Load bearing yarns protected from UV

degradation• Contrasting color core yarns provide

visual warning of sling damage• Endless style promotes load stability

by spreading sling legs

Save Time & Money• Independent core yarns choke tightly,

but release easily after use• Double wall cover for greater sling life• Soft cover won’t scratch load surface• Conforms to shape of load to reduce

load damage• Seamless – won’t rupture prematurely,

requiring removal from service• Tufhide wear resistant nylon jacket for

extra sling life standard KEN60K andlarger sizes

• Tuff-Tag™ provides required OSHAinformation for life of the sling, notjust the life of the tag

• Wear points can shift to extend life

Other ConsiderationsRemove from service when cuts to

sling cover, holes, tears, snags, or abrasionexpose gold core yarns; end fittings arepitted or corroded, cracked, distorted, orbroken; the sling shows signs of melting,charring, or chemical damage; capacitytag is illegible or missing; other visibledamage causes doubt as to sling strength.

Contact manufacturer before use ina chemical environment. KeyFlex™ areapproved for use up to 350° F.

Warning: These products maycontain chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and/or birthdefects or other reproductive harm.


MinimumLength in Feet

Weightin Lbs./Ft.

Body Dia.Relaxed

Width at Load


How To Measure

Measurements in inches unless noted.

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

67


TRIANGLESRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

T2 4 35⁄8 21⁄4 13⁄4 15⁄16 23⁄8 9⁄16 .31 3,360 16,800T3 51⁄4 5 31⁄4 2 13⁄16 35⁄16 5⁄8 .75 5,000 25,000T4 61⁄4 65⁄8 43⁄8 23⁄8 17⁄16 4 11⁄16 1.1 6,700 33,500T6 85⁄16 87⁄8 63⁄8 31⁄8 13⁄4 51⁄2 15⁄16 2.7 9,700 48,500ST2 37⁄8 33⁄4 21⁄8 13⁄4 1 25⁄16 1⁄2 1 6,600 33,000ST3 53⁄16 5 31⁄16 2 11⁄4 35⁄16 1⁄2 1.6 8,900 44,500ST4 67⁄16 65⁄8 45⁄16 2 15⁄8 37⁄8 1⁄2 2.7 11,200 56,000ST5 77⁄8 715⁄16 53⁄16 21⁄2 2 415⁄16 1⁄2 3.5 14,000 70,000ST6 9 91⁄4 61⁄8 23⁄4 25⁄16 59⁄16 1⁄2 5.3 16,800 84,000ST8 117⁄16 12 81⁄4 35⁄8 27⁄8 73⁄16 3⁄4 12 22,400 112,000ST10 131⁄4 141⁄8 101⁄8 47⁄8 35⁄8 81⁄4 3⁄4 17 28,000 140,000ST12 1313⁄16 167⁄16 123⁄8 5 41⁄16 8 3⁄4 19 32,000 160,000

Size A B C D E F G

Approx.Weight(lbs.)

RatedCapacity

MinimumBreak

Strength

STEE

L*AL

UM

INU

M

Triangle

Choker

Measurements in inches.

*4-Ply steel also available.

CHOKERSRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

C2 61⁄8 51⁄4 21⁄8 13⁄4 15⁄16 23⁄8 9⁄16 .73 3,360 16,800C3 71⁄2 71⁄8 31⁄8 2 11⁄8 35⁄16 5⁄8 1.3 5,000 25,000C4 83⁄4 83⁄4 41⁄8 23⁄8 17⁄16 4 11⁄16 1.9 6,700 33,500C6 115⁄16 113⁄4 61⁄8 31⁄8 13⁄4 51⁄2 15⁄16 2.7 9,700 48,500SC2 6 51⁄2 21⁄8 2 11⁄16 21⁄4 1⁄2 2 6,600 33,000SC3 71⁄2 7 31⁄8 2 13⁄16 33⁄16 1⁄2 2.9 8,900 44,500SC4 95⁄16 99⁄16 41⁄8 21⁄2 113⁄16 31⁄2 1⁄2 6 11,600 58,000SC5 109⁄16 115⁄8 51⁄8 23⁄4 21⁄16 47⁄16 1⁄2 7 14,000 70,000SC6 12 123⁄4 61⁄8 27⁄8 211⁄16 49⁄16 1⁄2 9.8 16,800 84,000SC8 147⁄16 161⁄2 81⁄8 5 213⁄16 67⁄16 3⁄4 24 22,400 112,000SC10 161⁄2 183⁄4 101⁄4 51⁄8 31⁄2 75⁄8 3⁄4 28 28,000 140,000SC12 191⁄4 225⁄8 121⁄8 51⁄2 41⁄4 93⁄4 3⁄4 40 32,000 160,000

Size A B C D E F G

Approx.Weight(lbs.)

RatedCapacity

MinimumBreak

Strength


*4-Ply steel also available.

STEE

L*AL

UM

INU

M

• Triangles &ChokersForged aluminum Triangles and

Chokers are forged from aircraft quality

aluminum alloy that combines the highest

strength and durability with the lightness of

aluminum. Parts are hand ground and

polished to a smooth finish. Steel Triangles

and Chokers are also available in 4-Ply.

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


68


Web Sling Shackle

WEB SLING SHACKLESRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

SS-2 2 21⁄4 5⁄8 3⁄4 15⁄8 5⁄8 2 1.7 8,050 32,200SS-3 3 31⁄4 3⁄4 7⁄8 17⁄8 3⁄4 3 2.8 13,050 52,200SS-4 4 33⁄4 3⁄4 7⁄8 17⁄8 7⁄8 4 3.1 10,800 43,200SS-5 5 41⁄4 7⁄8 1 21⁄8 7⁄8 5 4.8 18,000 72,000SS-6 6 43⁄4 1 11⁄8 23⁄8 1 6 6.8 18,000 72,000SS-6H 6 43⁄4 11⁄8 11⁄4 25⁄8 1 6 9.8 23,850 95,400

Part No. W L D P R EWebbingWidth

WeightEach(lbs.)

WorkingLoadLimit

UltimateStrength


Tolerance 1⁄32” unless otherwise indicated.

• Web SlingShacklesHot dip galvanized with Klik Pin

(zinc plated) as shown. Furnished as

standard cotter, but hair pin can also

be used. Shackle body is carbon steel,

heat treated and tempered. Shackle

pin is alloy steel, heat treated and

tempered.

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

69


Sling Saver® Application Information

For obtaining the full rated strength of the sling and extending sling life, choose the Sling Saver® line of hard-ware. Always ensure rated working load limits are greater than the load placed on the fitting. Sling Saver® meetsthe requirements for minimum stock diameter or thickness and effective contact width shown in the recommendedstandard specification for synthetic Polyester Roundslings by the Web Sling and Tie Down Association.

Application Use

Web slings, connect to Pad Eye, Eye Bolt, Web or Lifting Lug S-281 Sling Saver Sling Shackle

Round Sling, connect to Pad Eye, Eye Bolt or Shackle Lifting Lug S-253 or S-252 Sling Saver

Connect S-252 or S-253 Sling Saver shackles together S-256 Link Plate

Keep load centered on pin, keeping pin positioned correctly S-255 Spoolin shackle bow

Web Slings or Round Slings connecting to Master Links, Rings, S-280 Sling Saver Web Connector with Spoolor Crosby 320N Eye Hooks

Web Slings or Round Slings connecting to Grade 8 Chain S-282 Sling Saver Chain Connector with Spool

High Strength, High Capacity Round Slings WS-320A Web Sling Hook

Choking with Web Slings or Round Slings S-287 Sliding Choker Hook

Master Links or Master Link Assembly to be sewn into eye of Welded Master Link A-344 andWeb Sling or attached utilizing web connector Master Link Assembly A-347

Web Sling used to lift die blocks or other equipment where HR-125standard Hoist Rings are used

SLING SAVER® WEB SLING SYSTEMCOMPONENT RECOMMENDATIONS BASE ON TYPE III (Eye & Eye) CLASS 7, 2-PLY WEB SLINGS

1 & 2 2 2 2 31⁄4 3 3⁄8–10 3 1⁄2 7,000 5⁄8 3⁄43 3 1.5 2 41⁄2 5 1⁄2–13 5 5⁄8 10,000 3⁄4 14 4 2 2 61⁄4 — 5⁄8–16 7 5⁄8 15,000 1 1

5 & 6 6 3 2 81⁄2 — — 11 — 24,000 1 11⁄41 & 2 2 2 2 31⁄4 3 3⁄8–10 3 1⁄2 7,000 1 1

3 3 1.5 2 41⁄2 5 1⁄2–13 5 5⁄8 10,000 1 11⁄44 4 2 2 61⁄4 — 5⁄8–16 7 5⁄8 15,000 11⁄4 11⁄2

5 & 6 6 3 2 81⁄2 — — 11 — 24,000 11⁄2 13⁄4

RoundSling

Size No.

S-280 Web ConnectorS-281 Web Sling ShackleS-282 Chain Connector

Web Sling

WebWidth

EyeWidth Ply

WorkingLoadLimit(Tons)

Web SlingHook

WS-320(Tons)

Spectrum8 Chain

Size(in.–mm)

S-282 S-280 Web Connector

Eye HoistHook S-320AN(Tons)

EyeShur-LocS-316A

SwivelHoist RingHR-125

(lbs.)

MasterLink

A-342Single Leg

Master Link A-342

Double Leg

TRIP

LE &

SIN

GLE

&Q

UAD

DOU

BLE

LEG

SLI

NG

SLE

G S

LIN

GS

Measurements in inches unless noted.

Single Leg Sling Double Leg Sling

W I R E M E S H S L I N G S

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


72

W I R E M E S H S L I N G S

• LiftAll® RoughneckWire Mesh SlingsRoughneck mesh slings are specialty

slings with particular properties and uses.

Widely used in metalworking shops and steel

warehouses where loads are abrasive, hot,

or tend to cut web slings.

Standard construction: Alloy steel end

fittings, zinc plated. Mesh is galvanized

high tensile steel. 10 gage (heavy duty) is

standard, 12 gage (medium duty) is available

upon request.

Optional construction: Stainless steel

mesh is available for corrosive and hotter

environments.

When ordering, specify mesh gage (10

or 12), mesh width in inches, length in feet

(bearing point to bearing point), and sling

type 1 or 2.

WIRE MESH SLINGSRATED CAPACITY IN LBS.

2 2,300 2,300 4,6003 3,500 3,500 7,0004 4,800 4,800 9,6006 7,200 7,200 14,4008 9,600 9,600 19,200

10 12,000 12,000 24,00012 14,400 14,400 28,80014 16,800 16,800 33,60016 19,200 19,200 38,40018 21,600 21,600 43,20020 24,000 24,000 48,0002 1,600 1,600 3,2003 2,400 2,400 4,8004 3,200 3,200 6,4006 4,800 4,800 9,6008 6,400 6,400 12,800

10 8,000 8,000 16,00012 9,600 9,600 19,200

Vertical Choker BasketWidth InInches

12 G

AGE

10 G

AGE

Type 1 Type 2

WARNING: Do not edge load. Full width of

mesh must contact load. The choker fitting

must not be positioned against a load edge

or directly on the triangle fitting. Do not

exceed rated capacities. Slings should not

be used at angles of less than 30°.

WIRE MESH SLING DIMENSIONSRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

2 2 3 37⁄8 55⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 6 5 1.3 1.13 21⁄4 33⁄8 43⁄8 61⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄2 8 7 1.9 1.84 3 4 5 63⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄2 10 9 2.5 2.36 31⁄2 41⁄2 55⁄8 73⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄2 14 13 3.9 3.48 41⁄2 6 71⁄2 9 1⁄2 1⁄2 19 18 5.1 4.5

10 43⁄4 61⁄4 8 107⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 25 24 6.4 5.612 5 61⁄2 85⁄8 113⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 29 28 7.6 6.814 5 61⁄2 83⁄4 123⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄2 38 37 8.9 7.916 51⁄4 7 91⁄8 141⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄2 50 49 10 918 51⁄2 71⁄2 93⁄4 153⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄2 70 53 11 1020 53⁄4 73⁄4 101⁄8 17 3⁄4 1⁄2 77 57 13 11

Nom.MeshWidth D

Terminal DimensionsIL TL CL 10 Gage

TerminalThickness

12Gage 10 Gage

Approx.Weight (lbs.)of3 ft. Type1Slings

12 Gage 10 Gage

Mesh Weight (per ft. in lbs.)

12 Gage


A L L O Y C H A I N S L I N G S

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


74


ALLOY GRADEChain slings provide excellent performance in harsh

environments. When using chain for overhead

lifting, an alloy grade, either grade 80 or 100, is

recommended. Both are manufactured from special

analysis alloy steel and engineered for a superior

combination of strength and durability.

It is critical that the fittings used for sling

assembly be of like material. A sling identification

tag with the size, grade, rated capacity, and reach is

required by O.S.H.A. regulation.

Other grade chain and components can be

appropriate for specific applications with unusual

requirements. Type 347 stainless steel, cataloged at

the end of this section, is one such example. Always

consult the manufacturer for recommendations.

Per A.N.S.I./A.S.M.E. B30.9 “Prior to use, all new

and repaired chain and components of an alloy steel

chain sling, either individually or as an assembly,

shall be proof tested by the sling manufacturer or a

qualified person.”

TYPES OF CHAIN SLINGSIn describing the type, the following symbols should be used. If attachments are

other than standard, give detailed specifications.

First symbol (basic type):

S Single chain sling

C Single choker chain sling with a standard end link on each end, no hooks

D Double branch chain sling

T Triple branch chain sling

Q Quadruple branch chain sling

Second symbol (type of master link or end link):

O Oblong master link of standard dimensions

P Pear shaped master link (available on request, not a standard item)

Third symbol (type of hook):

S Sling hook

G Grab hook

F Foundry hook

L Latchlok

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

75


SINGLE CHAIN SLING TYPETYPES S & C

7⁄32 2,100 13⁄32 11⁄2 3 49⁄32 3,500 1⁄2 21⁄2 5 53⁄8 7,100 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 101⁄2 12,000 1 31⁄2 7 185⁄8 18,100 1 31⁄2 7 253⁄4 28,300 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 387⁄8 34,200 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄2 541 47,700 13⁄4 6 12 76

11⁄4 72,300 2 7 14 1169⁄32 4,300 1⁄2 21⁄2 5 53⁄8 8,800 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 101⁄2 15,000 1 31⁄2 7 185⁄8 22,600 1 31⁄2 7 253⁄4 35,300 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 387⁄8 42,700 15⁄8 51⁄4 101⁄2 54

ChainSize InInches

WorkingLoadLimit

DiameterMaterial

A

Oblong Master LinkInsideWidth

B

InsideLength

C

Approx.Weight

Type SOS5 ft. reach

All dimensions are in inches. Weights are in lbs.

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

DOUBLE CHAIN SLING TYPETYPE D

7⁄32 3,600 3,000 2,100 13⁄32 11⁄2 3 89⁄32 6,100 4,900 3,500 1⁄2 21⁄2 5 93⁄8 12,300 10,000 7,100 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 181⁄2 20,800 17,000 12,000 1 31⁄2 7 315⁄8 31,300 25,600 18,100 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 493⁄4 49,000 40,000 28,300 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄2 717⁄8 59,200 48,400 34,200 13⁄4 6 12 981 82,600 67,400 47,700 2 7 14 132

11⁄4 125,200102,200 72,300 21⁄4 8 16 2219⁄32 7,400 6,100 4,300 1⁄2 21⁄2 5 93⁄8 15,200 12,400 8,800 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 181⁄2 26,000 21,200 15,000 1 31⁄2 7 315⁄8 39,100 32,000 22,600 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 493⁄4 61,100 49,900 35,300 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄2 717⁄8 74,000 60,400 42,700 17⁄8 6 12 98

ChainSize InInches 60°

Working Load Limit45° 30°

DiameterMaterial

A


B

InsideLength

C

Approx.Weight

Type SOS5 ft. reach


WARNING: Do not exceed working load limit. Use only alloy chain withcompatible components of equal working load limit for overhead lifting.

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

SOS Sling Hook

SOG Grab Hook

SOF Foundry

Hook

SOLLatchlok

CO SGS SGG

DOS Sling Hooks

DOG Grab Hooks

DOF FoundryHooks

DOLLatchlokHooks

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


76


TRIPLE & QUAD CHAIN SLING TYPETYPE T & Q

7⁄32 5,450 4,450 3,150 1⁄2 21⁄2 5 12 169⁄32 9,100 7,400 5,200 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 14 183⁄8 18,400 15,100 10,600 1 31⁄2 7 28 361⁄2 31,200 25,500 18,000 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 50 625⁄8 47,000 38,400 27,100 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄2 79 973⁄4 73,500 60,000 42,400 13⁄4 6 12 112 1377⁄8 88,900 72,500 51,300 2 7 14 155 1881 123,900101,200 71,500 21⁄4 8 16 215 260

11⁄4 187,800153,400108,400 23⁄4 9 16 348 4219⁄32 11,200 9,100 6,400 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 14 183⁄8 22,900 18,700 13,200 1 31⁄2 7 28 361⁄2 39,000 31,800 22,500 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 50 625⁄8 58,700 47,900 33,900 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄2 79 973⁄4 91,700 74,900 53,000 13⁄4 6 12 112 1377⁄8 110,900 90,600 64,000 21⁄4 8 16 155 188



DiameterMaterial

A

Oblong Master Link Sub-Ass.InsideWidth

B

InsideLength

CTypeTOS


Safety Note: A quad branch chain sling usually does not sustain loads with even dis-tribution to its four branches, especially when loads are of rigid structure. Therefore,maximum working load limits are set at the same values as for triple branch chain slingsof equal quality and size and used with branches at the same angle of inclination.

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80TOS

Sling Hooks

QOS Sling Hooks

Style A Style B

Approx. Weight5 ft. reach

TypeQOS

SINGLE CHAIN SLINGADJUSTABLE

7⁄32 2,100 13⁄32 11⁄2 39⁄32 3,500 1⁄2 21⁄2 53⁄8 7,100 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄21⁄2 12,000 1 31⁄2 75⁄8 18,100 1 31⁄2 73⁄4 28,300 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄47⁄8 34,200 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄21 47,700 13⁄4 6 12

11⁄4 72,300 2 7 149⁄32 4,300 1⁄2 21⁄2 53⁄8 8,800 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄21⁄2 15,000 1 31⁄2 75⁄8 22,600 1 31⁄2 73⁄4 35,300 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄47⁄8 42,700 15⁄8 51⁄4 101⁄2

ChainSize InInches

WorkingLoadLimit

DiameterMaterial

A


B

InsideLength

C


Style B slings are furnished with approximatelyone foot of chain in short branches unlessotherwise specified.

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

77


DOUBLE CHAIN SLINGADJUSTABLE

7⁄32 3,600 3,000 2,100 13⁄32 11⁄2 39⁄32 6,100 4,900 3,500 1⁄2 21⁄2 53⁄8 12,300 10,000 7,100 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄21⁄2 20,800 17,000 12,000 1 31⁄2 75⁄8 31,300 25,600 18,100 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄43⁄4 49,000 40,000 28,300 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄27⁄8 59,200 48,400 34,200 13⁄4 6 121 82,600 67,400 47,700 2 7 14

11⁄4 125,200102,200 72,300 21⁄4 8 169⁄32 7,400 6,100 4,300 1⁄2 21⁄2 53⁄8 15,200 12,400 8,800 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄21⁄2 26,000 21,200 15,000 1 31⁄2 75⁄8 39,100 32,000 22,600 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄43⁄4 61,100 49,900 35,300 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄27⁄8 74,000 60,400 42,700 17⁄8 6 12



DiameterMaterial

A


B

InsideLength

C


Style B slings are furnished with approximately one foot of chain inshort branches unless otherwise specified.

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

SINGLE LOOP CHAIN SLINGADJUSTABLE

7⁄32 3,600 3,000 2,100 13⁄32 11⁄2 39⁄32 6,100 4,900 3,500 1⁄2 21⁄2 53⁄8 12,300 10,000 7,100 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄21⁄2 20,800 17,000 12,000 1 31⁄2 75⁄8 31,300 25,600 18,100 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄43⁄4 49,000 40,000 28,300 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄27⁄8 59,200 48,400 34,200 13⁄4 6 121 82,600 67,400 47,700 2 7 14

11⁄4 125,200102,200 72,300 21⁄4 8 169⁄32 7,400 6,100 4,300 1⁄2 21⁄2 53⁄8 15,200 12,400 8,800 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄21⁄2 26,000 21,200 15,000 1 31⁄2 75⁄8 39,100 32,000 22,600 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄43⁄4 61,100 49,900 35,300 11⁄2 51⁄4 107⁄8 74,000 60,400 42,700 17⁄8 6 12



DiameterMaterial

A


B

InsideLength

C



GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

Style A

Style B

Style A Style B

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


78


DOUBLE LOOP CHAIN SLINGADJUSTABLE

7⁄32 5,450 4,450 3,150 1⁄2 21⁄2 59⁄32 9,100 7,400 5,200 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄23⁄8 18,400 15,100 10,600 1 31⁄2 71⁄2 31,200 25,500 18,000 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄45⁄8 47,000 38,400 27,100 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄23⁄4 73,500 60,000 42,400 13⁄4 6 127⁄8 88,900 72,500 51,300 2 7 141 123,900 101,200 71,500 21⁄4 8 16

11⁄4 187,800153,400108,400 23⁄4 9 169⁄32 7,400 6,100 4,300 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄23⁄8 15,200 12,400 8,800 1 31⁄2 71⁄2 26,000 21,200 15,000 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄45⁄8 39,100 32,000 22,600 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄23⁄4 61,100 49,900 35,300 23⁄4 6 127⁄8 110,900 21⁄4 8 16



DiameterMaterial

A


B

InsideLength

C



WARNING: Do not exceed working load limit. Use only alloy chainwith compatible components of equal working load limit foroverhead lifting.

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

Style A Style B

BASKET TYPE CHAIN SLINGSINGLE & DOUBLE

7⁄32 3,600 5,450 13⁄32 11⁄2 3 1⁄2 21⁄2 59⁄32 6,100 9,100 1⁄2 21⁄2 5 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄23⁄8 12,300 18,400 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 1 31⁄2 71⁄2 20,800 31,200 1 31⁄2 7 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄45⁄8 31,300 47,000 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄23⁄4 49,000 73,500 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄2 13⁄4 6 127⁄8 59,200 88,900 13⁄4 6 12 2 7 14

1 82,600123,900 2 7 14 21⁄4 8 1611⁄4 125,200187,800 21⁄4 8 16 23⁄4 9 16

9⁄32 7,400 11,200 37⁄64 21⁄2 5 13⁄16 3 63⁄8 15,200 22,800 13⁄16 3 6 11⁄8 4 81⁄2 26,000 39,000 11⁄8 4 8 11⁄4 4 85⁄8 39,100 58,700 11⁄4 4 8 15⁄8 51⁄4 101⁄23⁄4 61,100 91,700 15⁄8 51⁄4 101⁄2 17⁄8 6 127⁄8 74,000 110,900 17⁄8 6 12 21⁄4 8 16

1 82,600 2 7 1411⁄4 125,200 21⁄4 8 16

ChainSize InInches Single

Working LoadLimit 60°

Double

DiameterMaterial

A

DiameterMaterial

A

Single BasketOblong Master Link

Double BasketInsideWidth

B

InsideWidth

B

InsideLength

C

InsideLength

C


GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

79


ENDLESS BASKET TYPE CHAIN SLINGSINGLE & DOUBLE

7⁄32 2,100 3,600 15⁄32 11⁄2 3 1⁄2 21⁄2 59⁄32 3,500 6,100 1⁄2 21⁄2 5 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄23⁄8 7,100 12,300 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 1 31⁄2 71⁄2 12,000 20,800 1 31⁄2 7 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄45⁄8 18,100 31,300 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄23⁄4 28,300 49,000 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄2 13⁄4 6 127⁄8 34,200 59,200 13⁄4 6 12 2 7 149⁄32 4,300 7,400 37⁄64 21⁄2 5 37⁄64 21⁄2 53⁄8 8,800 15,200 13⁄16 3 6 13⁄16 3 61⁄2 15,000 26,000 11⁄8 4 8 11⁄8 4 85⁄8 22,600 39,100 11⁄8 4 8 11⁄4 4 83⁄4 35,300 61,100 11⁄4 4 8 15⁄8 51⁄4 101⁄27⁄8 42,700 74,000 15⁄8 51⁄4 101⁄2 17⁄8 6 12

ChainSize InInches

90°Single

Working Load Limit

60°Double

DiameterMaterial

A

DiameterMaterial

A

Single BasketOblong Master Link

Double BasketInsideWidth

B

InsideWidth

B

InsideLength

C

InsideLength

C

All dimensions are in inches. Weights are in lbs. For other angles of lift, refer to Type“D” for single basket slings and Type “Q” for double basket slings.

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

ADJUST-A-LINK SLINGGRADE 80

7⁄32 607971 2,100 3,600 2 2 15⁄16 6 41⁄27⁄32 607972 2,100 3,600 2 2 15⁄16 10 61⁄29⁄32 607974 3,500 6,100 3 31⁄2 11⁄16 6 89⁄32 607975 3,500 6,100 3 31⁄2 11⁄16 10 113⁄8 607976 7,100 12,300 31⁄4 41⁄4 19⁄16 10 19

ChainSize InInches

ProductCode 90° 60° A B C D

Weight(lbs.)

Link DimensionsWorking

Load Limit


Single Double Basket Basket & Single

Grade 80 Alloy ChainSling SerialNumber

W.L.L.Rating

MasterControlLink

• Adjust-A-Link SlingAdjustable all-purpose sling lifts even/uneven

loads easily. Lightweight and portable, available in

6 ft. and 10 ft. reach in 7/32,” 9/32,” and 3/8” grade

80 alloy chain. All components proof tested and

each assembly serialized and tagged. Master

control link is alloy steel. WARNING: Improper use

and care of chain slings can result in bodily injury

or property damage. To avoid injury or damage:

• Never exceed the Working Load Limit (W.L.L.).W.L.L. decreases as the angle from horizontaldecreases. Do not use at horizontal or less than 45.°

• Always inspect slings before each use for weardamage or elongation. Refer to ANSI B30.9,OSHA regulation, and CM Manual PMC-10.

• Seat chain fully in adjusting slot of mastercontrol link.

• Do not substitute another chain or use Adjust-A-Link chain or master control link separately.

• Do not impact load or jerk the sling.• Protect chain from sharp corners and objects.• Use only alloy chain and components

for overhead lifting.

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


80


BAIL-TYPE MAGNET CHAIN ASSEMBLIESGRADE 80

3⁄4 39–44 59,500 41⁄4 3 7 111⁄4 2 2 7⁄8 2 5 311⁄4 4 69.47⁄8 44, 45 74,500 41⁄4 3 7 111⁄4 2 2 1 21⁄4 53⁄4 34 41⁄2 83.8

1 45–60 101,000 53⁄16 31⁄2 8 123⁄4 23⁄8 21⁄4 11⁄8 21⁄4 53⁄4 379⁄16 59⁄16 125.911⁄4 over 60 149,000 71⁄2 6 11 17 21⁄2 21⁄2 11⁄2 31⁄8 8 491⁄4 61⁄2 265.5

ChainSize inInches

MagnetDiameter

AssemblyW.L.L.(lbs.) A

Bail

B C D Î JDiameter

AInside

Width BInside

Length CStandardReach*

Lengthof 2BodyChainLinks*

AssemblyWeight(lbs.)

Measurements in inches. An alloy casting supplied with welded links and chain. Magnet not included with assembly.

*If additional reach is required, add 2 link increments to standard total reach.

End Link

STANDARD TRIPLE BRANCH MAGNET CHAINSGRADE 80

5⁄8 up to 39 47,000 13⁄4 5 8 3⁄4 2 5 263⁄4 31⁄2 403⁄4 39–44 73,500 13⁄4 5 8 7⁄8 2 5 28 4 497⁄8 44, 45 88,900 2 5 9 1 21⁄4 53⁄4 313⁄4 41⁄2 72

1 45–60 123,900 2 5 9 11⁄8 21⁄4 53⁄4 3313⁄16 53⁄8 91.511⁄4 over 60 187,800 21⁄2 61⁄2 12 11⁄2 31⁄8 8 441⁄4 61⁄2 193.5

ChainSize inInches

MagnetDiameter

AssemblyW.L.L.(lbs.)

DiameterA

Master Link

InsideWidth B

InsideLength C

DiameterA

InsideWidth B

InsideLength C

StandardReach*

Lengthof 2BodyChainLinks*

Approx.Weight(lbs.)

Measurements in inches. Assembled with 5 links of body chain in each branch.

*If additional reach is required, add 2 link increments to standard total reach.

End Link

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

81


Dimensions in inches. Do not exceed working load limit. Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.

FOUNDRY HOOKRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

9⁄32 3,500 1.56 4.75 2.5 6.45 .47 1 1.56 .63 4.75 2.5 1.23 .25 2.43⁄8 7,100 2 5.75 3 7.88 .63 1.27 1.88 .75 5.75 3 1.5 .31 4.51⁄2 12,000 2.5 6.75 3.5 9.38 .75 1.5 2.22 1 6.88 3.5 1.75 .37 7.15⁄8 18,100 3 7.81 4 10.97 .88 1.81 2.63 1.25 8.06 4 2.03 .43 11.63⁄4 28,300 3.5 9.13 4.5 12.81 1 2.2 3 1.5 9.25 4.5 2.56 .5 207⁄8 34,200 4 10.14 5 14.23 1.13 2.25 3.38 1.75 10.38 5 2.78 .56 26

1 47,700 4.5 11.13 5.5 15.84 1.25 2.59 3.75 2.13 11.56 5.5 3.03 .62 36.811⁄4 72,300 5.13 12.84 6 18.03 1.38 3.17 4.25 2.38 12.88 6 3.81 .75 58.4

9⁄32 4,300 1.56 4.75 2.5 6.45 .47 1 1.56 .63 4.75 2.5 1.23 .25 2.43⁄8 8,800 2 5.75 3 7.88 .63 1.27 1.88 .75 5.75 3 1.5 .31 4.51⁄2 15,000 2.5 6.75 3.5 9.38 .75 1.5 2.22 1 6.88 3.5 1.75 .37 7.15⁄8 22,600 3 7.81 4 10.97 .88 1.81 2.63 1.25 8.06 4 2.03 .43 11.63⁄4 35,300 3.5 9.13 4.5 12.81 1 2.2 3 1.5 9.25 4.5 2.56 .5 207⁄8 42,700 4 10.14 5 14.23 1.13 2.25 3.38 1.75 10.38 5 2.78 .56 26

ChainSize inInches

WorkingLoadLimit B D E G H I K L M N O R

Weighteach

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80


*Not cradle type

CRADLE GRAB HOOKRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

7⁄32 2,100 1.19 1.75 .36 2.69 .38 1.19 .96 .63 1.63 .70 .359⁄32 3,500 1.38 1.81 .36 3.44 .38 1.19 .99 .63 2.36 .70 .43⁄8 7,100 1.78 2.63 .45 4.67 .50 1.75 1.48 .78 3.11 1.06 1.061⁄2 12,000 2.28 3.34 .59 5.86 .63 1.88 1.98 1.03 3.94 1.3 2.265⁄8 18,100 2.75 4.08 .75 7.13 .75 2.25 2.63 1.25 4.78 1.59 4.363⁄4 28,300 3.19 5.23 .88 8.99 .88 2.88 3.5 1.44 6.25 1.88 8.827⁄8 34,200 3.75 5.69 1 9.63 1 3 3.75 1.75 6.5 2.12 10.4

1 47,700 4.31 7 1.19 12.44 1.22 3.88 4.31 1.88 8.09 3.12 20.911⁄4* 72,300 5.38 8.5 1.5 15.56 1.56 3.5 5.5 2.25 10.5 3.5 40

9⁄32 4,300 1.38 1.91 .36 3.7 .38 1.06 1.04 .63 2.56 .76 .553⁄8 8,800 1.78 2.78 .47 4.81 .5 1.38 1.49 .78 3.28 1.04 1.391⁄2 15,000 2.28 3.63 .59 6.19 .63 1.81 1.98 1.03 4.22 1.51 3.055⁄8 22,600 2.75 4.08 .75 7.61 .75 2.13 2.4 5.063 4.78 1.8 4.363⁄4 35,300 3.19 5.23 .88 8.99 .88 2.88 3.5 1.44 6.25 1.887⁄8 42,700 3.75 5.69 1 9.63 1 3 3.75 1.75 6.5 2.12

ChainSize inInches

WorkingLoadLimit B D E G H I K L M P

Weighteach

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

FoundryHook

Cradle GrabHook

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


82



SLING HOOK WITHOUT LATCHRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

7⁄32 2,100 — 3.31 1.44 4.3 .38 .78 1.25 .75 3.06 1.25 1 .86 .79⁄32 3,500 1.62 3.5 1.5 5.25 .44 .73 1.59 .75 3.75 1.19 1.2 1.05 1.13⁄8 7,100 2.06 4.34 1.88 6.64 .56 .95 2.19 .94 4.78 1.44 1.45 1.28 1.91⁄2 12,000 2.63 5.5 2.25 8.16 .75 1.17 2.56 1.13 5.69 1.78 1.94 1.66 4.55⁄8 18,100 3.06 6.34 2.63 9.66 .88 1.44 2.63 1.31 6.5 2.03 2.38 2.19 7.33⁄4 28,300 3.5 7.83 3 11.38 1 1.69 3.44 1.5 7.81 2.5 2.83 2.51 11.47⁄8 34,200 3.88 8.59 3.38 12.72 1.09 1.94 3.88 1.69 8.75 2.78 3.22 2.84 18.1

1 47,700 4.31 9.59 4 14.23 1.22 2.14 4.25 1.88 9.88 3.13 3.55 3.09 22.611⁄4 72,300 5.31 11.56 4.66 17 1.5 2.62 4.64 2.31 11.5 3.88 4.25 3.89 36

9⁄32 4,300 1.63 3.5 1.5 5.25 .44 .73 1.59 .75 3.75 1.19 1.2 1.05 1.13⁄8 8,800 2.06 4.34 1.88 6.64 .56 .95 2.19 .94 4.78 1.44 1.45 1.28 1.91⁄2 15,000 2.63 5.5 2.25 8.16 .75 1.17 2.56 1.13 5.69 1.78 1.94 1.66 4.55⁄8 22,600 3.06 6.34 2.63 9.66 .88 1.44 2.63 1.31 6.5 2.03 2.38 2.19 7.33⁄4 35,300 3.5 7.83 3 11.38 1 1.69 3.44 1.5 7.81 2.5 2.83 2.51 11.47⁄8 3.88 8.59 3.38 12.72 1.09 1.94 3.88 1.69 8.75 2.78 3.22 2.84 18.1

ChainSize inInches

WorkingLoadLimit B D E G H I K L M N O P

Weighteach

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80


SLING HOOK WITH LATCHRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

7⁄32 2,100 — 3.31 4.3 .38 .78 .75 3.06 1 .86 1.11 1.11 .79⁄32 3,500 1.63 3.5 5.25 .44 .73 .75 3.75 1.2 1.05 1.06 1.06 1.13⁄8 7,100 2.06 4.34 6.64 .56 .95 .94 4.78 1.45 1.28 1.31 1.31 1.91⁄2 12,000 2.63 5.5 8.16 .75 1.17 1.13 5.69 1.94 1.66 1.56 1.63 4.55⁄8 18,100 3.06 6.34 9.66 .88 1.44 1.31 6.5 2.38 2.19 1.75 1.75 7.33⁄4 28,300 3.5 7.83 11.38 1 1.69 1.5 7.81 2.83 2.51 2.19 2.19 11.47⁄8 34,200 3.88 8.59 12.72 1.09 1.94 1.69 8.75 3.22 2.84 2.38 2.38 18.1

1 47,700 4.31 9.59 14.23 1.22 2.14 1.88 9.88 3.55 3.09 2.78 2.88 22.611⁄4* 72,300 5.31 11.28 17 1.5 2.62 2.31 11.5 4.25 3.89 3.41 3.41 36

9⁄32 4,300 1.63 3.5 5.25 .44 .73 .75 3.75 1.2 1.05 1.06 1.06 1.13⁄8 8,800 2.06 4.34 6.64 .56 .95 .94 4.78 1.45 1.28 1.31 1.31 1.91⁄2 15,000 2.63 5.5 8.16 .75 1.17 1.13 5.69 1.94 1.66 1.56 1.63 4.555⁄8 22,600 3.06 6.34 9.66 .88 1.44 1.31 6.5 2.38 2.19 1.75 1.75 7.33⁄4 35,300 3.5 7.83 11.38 1 1.69 1.5 7.81 2.83 2.51 2.19 2.19 11.47⁄8 3.88 8.59 12.72 1.09 1.94 1.69 8.75 3.22 2.84 2.38 2.38 18.1

ChainSize inInches

WorkingLoadLimit B D G H I L M O P R S

Weighteach

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

Sling HookWithout Latch

Sling HookWith Latch

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

83


CAM-LOK EYE TYPE HOOK

CAM-LOK CLEVIS TYPE HOOK

• CAM-LOK®Self-LockingOverhead LiftingHooks

Campbell exclusive rotating pivot pin wears

more evenly for longer life and is removable

for easier replacement of trigger and spring.

Trigger uses heavy duty stainless steel spring.

Trigger assembly is completely replaceable.

Repair kit available with pivot pin, 3 drive

pins, trigger, trigger spring, and spring

alignment insert.

CAM-LOCK EYE TYPE HOOKGRADE 100

8495 9⁄32 4,300 3,800 1 5.5 1.698695 3⁄8 8,800 7,000 1.38 6.58 1.888895 1⁄2 15,000 12,000 1.66 8.25 2.259095 5⁄8 22,600 18,000 2 10 2.5

PartNumber

564-HookSize 4-to-1

Working LoadLimit (lbs.)

5-to-1*Eye HoleDiameter Reach

HookOpening

All dimensions are in inches unless noted.

*To meet design requirements of wire rope slings.

CAM-LOCK CLEVIS TYPE HOOKGRADE 100

8495 9⁄32 4,300 4.69 1.698695 3⁄8 8,800 5.56 1.888895 1⁄2 15,000 6.88 2.259095 5⁄8 22,600 8.25 2.5

PartNumber

574-HookSize

Working LoadLimit (lbs.)

4-to-1 ReachHook

Opening

All dimensions are in inches unless noted.

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


84


Dimensions in inches, rated capacity in lbs. Latches available either as an option or in kit form. User must determine whether latch is requiredon the hook. Replacement load pins and retainer pins available. Do not exceed working load limit. Use only alloy chain and attachmentsfor overhead lifting.

Dimensions in inches, rated capacity in lbs. Latches available either as an option or in kit form. User must determinewhether latch is required on the hook. Replacement load pins and retainer pins available. Do not exceed working loadlimit. Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.

CLEVLOK SLING HOOK WITH & WITHOUT LATCHGRADE 80

9⁄32 3,500 3.5 1.5 5.156 .328 .734 1.594 .357 3.437 1.187 1.203 1.051 1.062 .643⁄8 7,100 4.343 1.875 6.672 .453 .953 2.187 .507 4.468 1.437 1.453 1.281 1.312 1.911⁄2 12,000 5.5 2.25 8 .593 1.172 2.562 .625 5.265 1.781 1.938 1.656 1.562 4.335⁄8 18,100 6.281 2.625 9.687 .75 1.438 2.281 .75 6.078 2.031 2.375 2.188 1.75 5.23⁄4 28,300 7.827 3 11.688 .875 1.688 3.437 .906 7.344 2.5 2.828 2.563 2.187 11.4

ChainSize inInches

WorkingLoadLimit D E G H I K L M N O P R

Weighteach

Clevlok Sling HookWithout Latch

Grade 80

Clevlok Sling HookWithout Latch

Grade 100

Clevlok Sling HookWith Latch Grade

100

Clevlok Sling HookWith Latch Grade 80

CLEVLOK SLING HOOK WITH & WITHOUT LATCHGRADE 100

9⁄32 4,300 33⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄16 5⁄16 11⁄32 3⁄8 11⁄8 3⁄4 123⁄32 37⁄8 1.33⁄8 8,800 43⁄4 19⁄16 15⁄16 7⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄2 17⁄16 15⁄16 23⁄8 41⁄2 2.81⁄2 15,000 53⁄4 17⁄8 19⁄16 9⁄16 5⁄8 5⁄8 17⁄8 11⁄4 211⁄16 61⁄8 5.45⁄8 22,600 63⁄4 23⁄16 113⁄16 23⁄32 3⁄4 3⁄4 25⁄16 13⁄8 31⁄8 71⁄16 8.53⁄4 35,300 73⁄4 21⁄2 23⁄16 13⁄16 7⁄8 7⁄8 23⁄4 15⁄8 33⁄8 81⁄16 16.7

ChainSize inInches

WorkingLoadLimit R T U A E

Load PinDiameter D W HP OAW

Approx.Weighteach

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

85


Plate Hook

J Hooks

S Hook

Dimensions in inches. Do not exceed working load limit. For mechanical assembled slings, next larger size Hammerlokcouplink link is required in addition to regular size Hammerlok.

PLATE HOOKRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

9⁄32 3,600 2 13⁄4 21⁄2 15⁄16 1 311⁄16 1⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄16 21⁄2 2.83⁄8 7,050 25⁄8 3 45⁄16 13⁄16 11⁄8 63⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄4 3⁄8 23⁄4 5.71⁄2 11,400 31⁄2 4 43⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 73⁄8 1⁄4 1 1⁄2 31⁄2 135⁄8 17,800 43⁄8 5 57⁄16 17⁄8 17⁄8 91⁄4 5⁄16 11⁄4 5⁄8 5 26.53⁄4 25,600 53⁄16 6 61⁄2 23⁄8 21⁄4 107⁄8 3⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄4 53⁄4 427⁄8 34,900 6 7 75⁄8 21⁄2 25⁄8 131⁄16 7⁄16 13⁄4 1 6 65

ChainSize inInches

WorkingLoadLimit A B C D L M N T R W

Weighteach

S HOOK RATED CAPACITY IN LBS

9⁄32 210 41⁄2 11⁄8 11⁄8 9⁄16 .153⁄8 410 6 11⁄2 11⁄2 3⁄4 .351⁄2 870 71⁄2 2 2 1 .825⁄8 1,120 9 21⁄2 21⁄2 11⁄4 1.63⁄4 1,730 101⁄2 3 3 11⁄2 2.67⁄8 2,370 12 31⁄2 31⁄2 13⁄4 4.2

1 2,290 13 4 4 2 615⁄32 3,150 15 41⁄2 41⁄2 21⁄4 9.311⁄4 4,450 16 5 5 21⁄2 11.713⁄8 6,100 17 51⁄2 51⁄2 23⁄4 15.411⁄2 6,250 18 6 6 3 19.5

SizeA

WorkingLoadLimit B C D R

Weighteach

Dimensions in inches. Do not exceed working load limit. Use onlyalloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.

J HOOKS RATED CAPACITY IN LBS

JAA031 JBA031 JCA031 250 .31 5 .75 1.25 .25JAA038 JBA038 JCA038 350 .38 6 .75 1.5 .38JAA050 JBA050 JCA050 650 .5 8 .75 2 .5JAA063 JBA063 JCA063 850 .63 9 1 2.5 .63JAA075 JBA075 JCA075 1200 .75 10 1 3 .75JAA088 JBA088 JCA088 1500 .88 12 1 3.5 .88JAA100 JBA100 JCA100 2000 1 14 1.25 4 1JAA113 JBA113 JCA113 2250 1.13 15 1.25 4.5 1.12JAA125 JBA125 JCA125 2750 1.25 16 1.5 5 1.25JAA138 JBA138 JCA138 3000 1.38 17 1.5 5.5 1.38JAA150 JBA150 JCA150 3500 1.5 18 2 6 1.5JAA175 JBA175 JCA175 4000 1.75 20 2.5 7 1.75JAA200 JBA200 JCA200 5000 2 24 3 8 2

Style A Style B Style C

WorkingLoadLimit

MaterialDiameter

A

InsideReach

B

InsideEye Dia.

C

BowlOpening

D

TipLength

E

Dimensions in inches. Working load limit based on bearing to bearing pull. Tip loadworking load limit averages 30% of bearing to bearing pull.

OblongMaster

Link

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


86


OBLONG MASTER LINKRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

13⁄32 11⁄2 3 3,600 7⁄32 7⁄32 — — .331⁄2 21⁄2 5 6,100 9⁄32 9⁄32 7⁄32 7⁄32 .83⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 12,300 3⁄8 3⁄8 9⁄32 9⁄32 2.1

1 31⁄2 7 20,800 1⁄2 or 5⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 4.611⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 31,300 3⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 9.211⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄2 49,000 7⁄8 3⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 15.713⁄4 6 12 73,500 1 7⁄8 3⁄4 3⁄4 24.52 7 14 88,900 11⁄4 1 7⁄8 7⁄8 37.321⁄4 8 16 125,200 — 11⁄4 1 1 5423⁄4 9 16 187,800 — — 11⁄4 11⁄4 84.8

13⁄32 11⁄2 3 5,400 7⁄32 7⁄32 — — .331⁄2 21⁄2 5 8,600 9⁄32 9⁄32 7⁄32 7⁄32 .83⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 17,600 3⁄8 3⁄8 9⁄32 9⁄32 2.1

1 31⁄2 7 30,000 1⁄2 or 5⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 4.611⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 45,200 3⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 9.211⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄2 70,600 — 3⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 15.713⁄4 6 12 105,900 — — 3⁄4 3⁄4 24.521⁄4 8 16 144,600 — 11⁄4 or11⁄2 7⁄8 or1 7⁄8 or1 54

DiameterMaterial

A

InsideWidth

B

InsideLength

C

WorkingLoadLimit*

SingleType S & C

Type & Size of Chain Sling Used OnLink SizeDoubleType

D

TripleType

T

QuadType

QWeighteach

All dimensions are in inches. Do not exceed working load limit. Use only alloy chainand attachments for overhead lifting.

*Working load limit of master link only.

All dimensions are in inches, rated capacity in lbs.

*Working load limit of master link only.

OBLONG MASTER LINK SUB-ASSEMBLYFOR TRIPLE & QUAD BRANCH CHAIN SLINGS

7⁄32 1⁄2 21⁄2 5 11⁄32 5⁄8 11⁄8 19⁄32 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 15⁄32 7⁄8 19⁄16 2.63⁄8 1 31⁄2 7 21⁄32 11⁄4 21⁄4 6.11⁄2 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 29⁄32 13⁄4 31⁄8 13.35⁄8 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄2 15⁄32 21⁄4 4 24.33⁄4 13⁄4 6 12 19⁄32 23⁄8 43⁄8 36.17⁄8 2 7 14 117⁄32 23⁄4 51⁄4 57.41 21⁄4 8 16 125⁄32 3 6 83.9

11⁄4 23⁄4 9 16 21⁄32 31⁄2 7 129.77⁄32 1⁄2 21⁄2 5 11⁄32 5⁄8 11⁄8 29⁄32 3⁄4 23⁄4 51⁄2 15⁄32 7⁄8 19⁄16 23⁄8 1 31⁄2 7 21⁄32 11⁄4 21⁄4 4.51⁄2 11⁄4 43⁄8 83⁄4 29⁄32 13⁄4 31⁄8 95⁄8 11⁄2 51⁄4 101⁄2 15⁄32 21⁄4 4 163⁄4 13⁄4 6 12 19⁄32 23⁄8 43⁄8 257⁄8 21⁄4 8 16 13⁄4 4 6

ChainSize InInches A B C D

Master Coupling LinkOblong Master LinkE F Weight

All dimensions are in inches. Weights are in lbs. Consists of oblong masterlink and two welded master coupling links. Do not exceed working load limit.Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

OBLONG MASTER LINKSPECIAL SIZES — GRADE 80

1 18,200 1 4 8 5.311⁄4 22,800 11⁄4 6 12 12.111⁄2 42,900 11⁄2 6 12 17.611⁄2 36,700 11⁄2 7 14 20.113⁄4 63,000 13⁄4 7 14 27.92 77,800 2 8 16 41.921⁄2 147,300 21⁄2 8 16 673 228,000 3 9 18 11131⁄4 262,200 31⁄4 10 20 14431⁄2 279,000 31⁄2 12 24 197

Diameterin inches

WorkingLoadLimit* A B C

Approx.Weighteach

Oblong Master Link

Sub-Assembly

HammerlokCoupling

Link

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

87



*Diameter of stock of largest master link intended to be used with Hammerlok.

HAMMERLOK COUPLING LINKRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

7⁄32 2,100 1⁄4 113⁄32 31⁄64 13⁄32 15⁄16 1⁄2 .129⁄32 3,500 5⁄16 113⁄16 5⁄8 1⁄2 111⁄16 35⁄64 .233⁄8 7,100 1⁄2 213⁄32 53⁄64 3⁄4 27⁄32 47⁄64 .651⁄2 12,000 11⁄16 33⁄8 17⁄32 1 31⁄8 59⁄64 1.55⁄8 18,100 13⁄16 41⁄16 11⁄2 11⁄4 311⁄16 11⁄16 2.63⁄4 28,300 15⁄16 425⁄32 151⁄64 11⁄2 45⁄16 11⁄4 3.87⁄8 34,200 13⁄64 51⁄8 129⁄32 13⁄4 55⁄16 111⁄32 6.3

1 47,700 11⁄4 53⁄4 23⁄16 2 63⁄16 19⁄16 9.311⁄4 72,300 117⁄32 613⁄16 25⁄8 21⁄4 73⁄4 2 17.3

9⁄32 4,300 5⁄16 113⁄16 5⁄8 1⁄2 111⁄16 35⁄64 .2763⁄8 8,800 1⁄2 213⁄32 53⁄64 3⁄4 27⁄32 47⁄64 .8361⁄2 15,000 11⁄16 33⁄8 17⁄32 1 31⁄8 59⁄64 1.8675⁄8 22,600 13⁄16 41⁄16 11⁄2 11⁄4 311⁄16 11⁄16 3.1333⁄4 35,300 15⁄16 425⁄32 151⁄64 11⁄2 45⁄16 11⁄4 5.7467⁄8 42,700 13⁄64 51⁄8 129⁄32 13⁄4 55⁄16 111⁄32 4.35

ChainSize ininches

WorkingLoadLimit A B C E*

Max.width

DiameterHole toAccept

Male LegWeighteach

GRA

DE 1

00G

RADE

80

• HammerlokCoupling LinkDependable and easy to use for fast assembly

on the job, for attaching chain to master links and

eye type hooks, and for installing new body chain in

old slings. C.V.S.A. approved.

• Chain ShortenerStandard arrangement consists of five links

of body chain, two coupling links, and two grab

hooks.

• Identification/Serial Number Tag Suitable for all sizes of slings. Zinc

plated, OSHA required.

CHAIN SHORTENERGRADE 80 GRADE 100

9⁄32 3,500 111⁄43⁄8 7,100 153⁄81⁄2 12,000 193⁄85⁄8 18,100 233⁄83⁄4 28,300 287⁄8 34,200 331⁄4

1 47,700 371⁄211⁄4 72,300 473⁄4

9⁄32 4,300 133⁄8 8,800 153⁄81⁄2 15,000 193⁄85⁄8 22,600 233⁄83⁄4 35,300 287⁄8 42,700 331⁄4

ChainSize InInches

ChainSize InInches

WorkingLoadLimit

WorkingLoadLimit

Reach ininches

Reach ininches

Rated capacity in lbs. Do not exceed working load limit. Useonly alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.Grade 100 items are made to order and dimensions areapproximate.

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


88


MASTER RINGRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

3,500 1⁄2 21⁄2 9⁄32 — — — .56,100 5⁄8 3 — 9⁄32 — — 19,100 3⁄4 4 3⁄8 — 9⁄32 9⁄32 1.812,300 7⁄8 4 — 3⁄8 — — 2.618,400 1 4 1⁄2 — 3⁄8 3⁄8 3.420,800 11⁄4 5 5⁄8 or 3⁄4 1⁄2 — — 6.931,300 11⁄2 6 7⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 11.749,000 13⁄4 7 1 3⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 18.673,500 2 8 — 7⁄8 3⁄4 3⁄4 27.988,900 21⁄4 9 11⁄4 1 7⁄8 7⁄8 39.9

WorkingLoadLimit*

DiameterMaterial

K

Ins. Dia.of Ring

L

SingleTypeS & C

DoubleType

D

Type & Size of Chain Sling Used OnRing SizeTripleType

T

QuadType

QWeighteach

All dimensions are in inches. Do not exceed working load limit. Use only alloychain and attachments for overhead lifting.

*Working Load Limit of master link only.

PEAR-SHAPED MASTER LINKRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

HA51 6,100 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 55⁄16 9⁄32 9⁄32 .8HA79 12,300 3⁄4 2 23⁄4 55⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 2.1HA103 20,800 1 25⁄8 31⁄2 71⁄4 1⁄2or 5⁄8 1⁄2 4.6HA129 31,300 11⁄4 31⁄4 45⁄8 83⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 9.2HA153 49,000 11⁄2 37⁄8 51⁄4 101⁄2 7⁄8 3⁄4 15.3HA179 59,200 13⁄4 41⁄2 6 12 1 7⁄8 23.9HA201 82,600 2 31⁄2 7 14 11⁄4 1 35.9HA229125,200 21⁄4 6 8 16 — 11⁄4 52.8

LinkNumber

WorkingLoadLimit*

DiameterMaterial

G

InsideWidth

H

InsideWidth

I

InsideLength

J

SingleTypeS & C

DoubleType

D

Type & Size of ChainSling Used OnLink Size

Weighteach


*Working Load Limit of master link only.

All dimensions are in inches. Do not exceed working load limit. Useonly alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.

GRAB LINKGRADE 80

9⁄32 3,500 1⁄2 51⁄2 21⁄2 37⁄64 .793⁄8 7,100 3⁄4 61⁄16 23⁄4 5⁄8 2.11⁄2 12,000 1 75⁄8 31⁄2 3⁄4 4.65⁄8 18,100 11⁄4 91⁄4 43⁄8 1 9.23⁄4 28,300 13⁄8 111⁄4 6 11⁄8 14.37⁄8 34,200 11⁄2 113⁄4 51⁄4 13⁄8 16.815⁄32 47,700 13⁄4 133⁄4 7 11⁄2 26.711⁄4 72,300 21⁄4 171⁄2 9 11⁄4 57.2

ChainSize ininches

WorkingLoadLimit A B C D

Weighteach

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

89


All dimensions are in inches. Do not exceed working loadlimit. Use only alloy chain and attachments for overheadlifting. Dimensions and weights are approximate.

TYPE 347 STAINLESS STEEL CHAIN

9⁄32 .281 .8596 .364 14 763⁄8 .375 1.09 .487 11 1371⁄2 .5 1.404 .675 8.5 252

ChainSize ininches

MaterialSize

Link DimensionsInsideLength

InsideWidth

Linksper Foot

Weight100 Feet

Rated capacity in lbs. Do not exceed working load limit.Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.For triple branch and quad branch working load limits,multiply the double branch values by 11⁄2.

*For long-term exposure at temperatures over 1000°F,creep strength or stress-rupture strength may determinethe safe load limits.

TYPE 347 STAINLESS STEEL CHAINSIZE, HEAT CONDITIONS & WORKING LOAD LIMITS

9⁄32 Room 2,000 3,460 2,830 2,0003⁄8 Room 3,400 5,880 4,800 3,4001⁄2 Room 6,500 11,250 9,200 6,5009⁄32 800°F 1,600 2,770 2,260 1,6003⁄8 800°F 2,720 4,700 3,840 2,7201⁄2 800°F 5,200 9,000 7,350 5,2009⁄32 1000°F 1,515 2,620 2,140 1,5153⁄8 1000°F 2,575 4,450 3,640 2,5751⁄2 1000°F 4,925 8,530 6,960 4,9259⁄32 1200°F 1,345 2,330 1,900 1,3453⁄8 1200°F 2,290 3,960 3,240 2,2901⁄2 1200°F 4,380 7,580 6,190 4,3809⁄32 1400°F 965 1,670 1,360 9653⁄8 1400°F 1,645 2,850 2,320 1,6451⁄2 1400°F 3,145 5,450 4,450 3,1459⁄32 1600°F 460 790 650 4603⁄8 1600°F 785 1,350 1,110 7851⁄2 1600°F 1,505 2,600 2,130 1,505

ChainSize ininches Temp.*

Single90°

Double60°

Double45°

Double30°

Working Load Limits

TYPE 347 STAINLESS STEEL CHAIN & ATTACHMENTSAlthough the only chain recommended by NACM, ANSI, and OSHA for

overhead lifting is Alloy Chain (Grade 80 or Grade 100), there are occasions

when use of Type 347 Stainless Steel Alloy chain with a lower working load

limit will provide superior longevity in service. Type 347 Stainless Steel Chain

is the preferred lifting chain in some corrosive and elevated temperature

environments where the effects of corrosion or extreme heat can have an

effect on Grade 80 or Grade 100 chain.

Type 347 chain is available in running lengths as well as single, double,

triple, and quad branch sling chains. Sling hooks and grab hooks are available.

Chain is embossed SSTL.

Corrosion Resistance

Good—Foodstuffs, sterilizing solutions, most organic chemicals, many

inorganic chemicals, dyestuffs, nitric acid, fresh and salt water, weak sulphuric acid.

Poor—Strong sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid, chloride salts, halogens

(fluorine, bromine, iodine, and chlorine).

High Temperature Properties

Retains considerable strength at temperatures up to 1600°F. The

maximum recommended temperature for continuous service is 1000°F and for

intermittent service 1600°F.

Uses

Textile dye vats, non-magnetic applications, high

temperature applications, nitric acid pickling baths, salt or

fresh water, foodstuff handling.

Stainless Steel Single Chain Slings

Stainless Steel Double Chain Slings

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


90


Dimensions in inches.

STAINLESS STEEL GRAB HOOKS

9⁄32 19⁄32 2 3⁄8 37⁄32 29⁄32 17⁄32 21⁄32 25⁄32 .443⁄8 13⁄4 211⁄16 1⁄2 411⁄32 15⁄16 25⁄32 23⁄4 13⁄32 11⁄2 23⁄16 31⁄4 21⁄32 59⁄16 129⁄32 15⁄16 335⁄64 113⁄32 2.31

ChainSize inInches B D E G K L M P

Weighteach


STAINLESS STEEL SLING HOOKS

9⁄32 15⁄8 35⁄16 13⁄8 419⁄64 3⁄8 25⁄32 3⁄4 31⁄16 11⁄4 1 55⁄64 .663⁄8 21⁄16 411⁄32 17⁄8 641⁄64 9⁄16 61⁄64 15⁄16 425⁄32 17⁄16 129⁄64 19⁄32 1.91⁄2 25⁄8 51⁄2 21⁄4 85⁄32 3⁄4 111⁄64 11⁄8 511⁄16 125⁄32 115⁄16 121⁄32 4.5

ChainSize inInches B D E G H I L M N O P

Weighteach

• Stainless SteelOblong Master Links Available in the following sizes:

1⁄2x21⁄2x5

3⁄4x23⁄4x51⁄2

1x31⁄2x7

Stainless Steel Grab Hooks

Stainless Steel Sling Hooks

L I F T I N G B E A M S

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


92


• Low Headroom Multiple Spread Lifting Beam –Model 20Ideal where headroom is limited. Beams over 4 ft.

have 3 spreads (3 ft. and 4 ft. beams have 2 spreads).

Swivel hooks with hook latches standard. Wide range

of sizes and capacities available. Designed and

manufactured to ASME B30.20.

Three spreads to adjust to the load: Outside

spread, Middle spread (outside less 1 ft.), Inside spread

(outside less 2 ft.).

Option A: Extra Holes or Different Placement of

Holes. Allows multiple hook positioning beyond

standard 3 spreads. Specify number and spread(s)

required.

Option B: Faspins. Faspins recommended if

frequent hook position changes (spread) are required.

For ease of positioning hooks with quick release.

Specify number of faspins required.

Option C: Extra Hooks. Allows for multiple pick

points. Specify number of hooks required.

Option D: Pin Type Bail. Lifting pin located

between structural channel (hoist hook information

must be supplied).

Option A

Option B

Option C

Option D

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

93


LOW HEADROOM MULTIPLE SPREAD LIFTING BEAMMODEL 20

CAT. 20-1⁄2-3 20-1⁄2-4 20-1⁄2-6 20-1⁄2-8 20-1⁄2-10 20-1⁄2-12 20-1⁄2-14 20-1⁄2-16 20-1⁄2-18 20-1⁄2-20 20-1⁄2-24 20-1⁄2-30 A=11⁄2T=3⁄41⁄2 H.R. 121⁄2 121⁄2 121⁄2 121⁄2 131⁄2 131⁄2 141⁄2 15 151⁄2 151⁄2 161⁄2 171⁄2 B=3 O=31⁄32

WGT. 40 50 85 95 155 175 215 275 315 345 550 775 C=5CAT. 20-1-3 20-1-4 20-1-6 20-1-8 20-1-10 20-1-12 20-1-14 20-1-16 20-1-18 20-1-20 20-1-24 20-1-30 A=11⁄2 T=3⁄4

1 H.R. 121⁄2 121⁄2 131⁄2 131⁄2 141⁄2 151⁄2 16 17 18 18 20 20 B=3 O=31⁄32

WGT. 40 50 95 140 180 240 335 430 585 675 830 1,070 C=5CAT. 20-2-3 20-2-4 20-2-6 20-2-8 20-2-10 20-2-12 20-2-14 20-2-16 20-2-18 20-2-20 20-2-24 20-2-30 A=11⁄2 T=3⁄4

2 H.R. 131⁄2 141⁄2 141⁄2 151⁄2 161⁄2 161⁄2 18 19 20 20 22 25 B=3 O=31⁄32

WGT. 55 70 130 170 245 330 440 555 800 900 1,100 2,145 C=5CAT. 20-3-3 20-3-4 20-3-6 20-3-8 20-3-10 20-3-12 20-3-14 20-3-16 20-3-18 20-3-20 20-3-24 20-3-30 A=11⁄2 T=1

3 H.R. 15 15 16 17 18 19 20 20 22 22 22 25 B=3 O=1WGT. 60 70 170 200 300 420 475 560 850 935 1,100 2,145 C=5CAT. 20-5-3 20-5-4 20-5-6 20-5-8 20-5-10 20-5-12 20-5-14 20-5-16 20-5-18 20-5-20 20-5-24 20-5-30 A=2 T=11⁄4

5 H.R. 191⁄2 201⁄2 211⁄2 221⁄2 221⁄2 231⁄2 27 27 30 30 30 33 B=4 O=111⁄16

WGT. 105 125 200 280 350 475 720 835 1,370 1,510 2,080 3,025 C=7CAT. 20-71⁄2-3 20-71⁄2-4 20-71⁄2-6 20-71⁄2-8 20-71⁄2-1020-71⁄2-1220-71⁄2-1420-71⁄2-16 20-71⁄2-1820-71⁄2-2020-71⁄2-24 20-71⁄2-30 A=2 T=11⁄4

71⁄2 H.R. 22 23 24 25 27 27 30 30 30 30 33 33 B=4 O=11⁄2WGT. 125 185 315 475 675 660 765 1,245 1,410 1,845 2,290 2,810 C=7CAT. 20-10-3 20-10-4 20-10-6 20-10-8 20-10-10 20-10-12 20-10-14 20-10-16 20-10-1820-10-2020-10-2420-10-30A=2 T=11⁄4

10 H.R. 23 24 25 27 27 30 30 30 33 33 33 33 B=4 O=11⁄2WGT. 160 180 315 465 585 995 1,110 1,260 1,700 1,900 2,290 2,915 C=7CAT. 20-15-3 20-15-4 20-15-6 20-15-8 20-15-1020-15-1220-15-1420-15-1620-15-1820-15-2020-15-24 A=21⁄2T=11⁄2

15 H.R. 271⁄2 281⁄2 301⁄2 301⁄2 331⁄2 331⁄2 331⁄2 361⁄2 361⁄2 361⁄2 361⁄2 B=5 O=21⁄16

WGT. 205 235 360 490 875 1,020 1,190 1,605 1,850 2,170 2,495 C=9CAT. 20-20-3 20-20-4 20-20-6 20-20-8 20-20-10 20-20-1220-20-1420-20-1620-20-1820-20-20 A=21⁄2T=11⁄2

20 H.R. 291⁄2 311⁄2 311⁄2 341⁄2 341⁄2 341⁄2 371⁄2 371⁄2 371⁄2 371⁄2 B=5 O=21⁄4WGT. 255 295 420 730 900 1,070 1,470 1,680 1,990 2,300 C=9CAT. 20-25-4 20-25-6 20-25-8 20-25-10 20-25-1220-25-1420-25-16 A=3 T=13⁄4

25 H.R. 411⁄2 411⁄2 441⁄2 441⁄2 441⁄2 441⁄2 441⁄2 B=6 O=21⁄4WGT. 505 690 980 1,200 1,530 1,815 2,600 C=12CAT. 20-30-4 20-30-6 20-30-8 20-30-1020-30-1220-30-14 A=31⁄2T=13⁄4

30 H.R. 46 49 49 49 49 49 B=7 O=21⁄4WGT. 525 840 1,015 1,355 1,765 2,080 C=16CAT. 20-40-4 20-40-6 20-40-8 20-40-1020-40-12 A=31⁄2T=21⁄2

40 H.R. 46 49 49 49 49 B=7 O=3WGT. 570 900 1,265 1,710 2,045 C=16

Capacityin Tons 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

OtherDimensiuons

in Inches

Outside Spread in Feet

CAT. = Catalog Number H.R. = Head Room in inches WGT. = Weight in lbs.

Spreads available to 40 ft.

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


94


ADJUSTABLE BAIL LIFTING BEAMMODEL 24

CAT. 24-1⁄2-3 24-1⁄2-4 24-1⁄2-6 24-1⁄2-8 24-1⁄2-10 24-1⁄2-12 24-1⁄2-14 24-1⁄2-16 24-1⁄2-18 24-1⁄2-20 A=11⁄2 T=5⁄81⁄2 H.R. 131⁄2 131⁄2 131⁄2 125⁄8 131⁄2 131⁄2 131⁄2 141⁄2 141⁄2 141⁄2 B=3 O=1

WGT. 74 56 75 82 95 147 168 255 278 304 C=5CAT. 24-1-3 24-1-4 24-1-6 24-1-8 24-1-10 24-1-12 24-1-14 24-1-16 24-1-18 24-1-20 A=11⁄2 T=5⁄8

1 H.R. 131⁄2 125⁄8 135⁄8 145⁄8 145⁄8 145⁄8 155⁄8 155⁄8 161⁄2 161⁄2 B=3 O=1WGT. 47 46 83 126 170 198 268 298 409 449 C=5CAT. 24-2-3 24-2-4 24-2-6 24-2-8 24-2-10 24-2-12 24-2-14 24-2-16 24-2-18 24-2-20 A=11⁄2 T=3⁄4

2 H.R. 14 151⁄8 151⁄8 161⁄8 181⁄2 171⁄8 181⁄4 181⁄4 191⁄2 191⁄2 B=3 O=1WGT. 48 89 117 170 240 278 369 416 547 605 C=5CAT. 24-5-3 24-5-4 24-5-6 24-5-8 24-5-10 24-5-12 24-5-14 24-5-16 24-5-18 24-5-20 A=2 T=1

5 H.R. 211⁄2 211⁄2 211⁄2 221⁄2 231⁄2 27 27 28 29 303⁄8 B=4 O=1WGT. 140 160 215 304 430 633 664 746 1,321 1,525 C=7 O=11⁄2*CAT. 24-10-3 24-10-4 24-10-6 24-10-8 24-10-10 24-10-12 24-10-14 24-10-16 24-10-1824-10-20 A=2 T=11⁄4

10 H.R. 253⁄4 253⁄4 283⁄4 283⁄4 313⁄4 313⁄4 313⁄4 313⁄4 343⁄4 343⁄4 B=4 O=13⁄4WGT. 210 211 432 522 759 993 1,128 1,257 1,738 1,908 C=7CAT. 24-15-3 24-15-4 24-15-6 24-15-8 24-15-1024-15-1224-15-1424-15-16 A=21⁄2 T=11⁄2

15 H.R. 281⁄4 301⁄2 331⁄2 331⁄2 331⁄2 37 37 37 B=5 O=2WGT. 252 330 502 542 882 1,455 1,630 1,800 C=9CAT. 24-20-3 24-20-4 24-20-6 24-20-8 24-20-1024-20-12 A=21⁄2 T=11⁄2

20 H.R. 31 34 37 34 37 37 B=5 O=2WGT. 315 399 735 720 1,276 1,251 C=9

Other D=3 D=3 D=3 D=4 D=4 D=4 D=4 D=6 D=6 D=6Dimensions E=6 E=9 E=12 E=16 E=20 E=24 E=30 E=36 E=42 E=48

Capacityin Tons 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Other Dimensions

Spread in Feet

CAT. = Catalog Number H.R. = Head Room (inches) WGT. = Weight in lbs.

Spreads available to 40 ft. Dimensions in inches unless noted.

*Could increase headroom dimension, consult factory.• Adjustable Bail Lifting

Beam – Model 24Ideal for off center loads by adjusting bail

before lift. Adjustable spread options available.

Swivel hooks with hook latches standard. Wide

range of size and capacities available. Designed and


Three spreads to adjust to the load: Outside

spread, Middle spread (outside less 1 ft.), Inside

spread (outside less 2 ft.).

Option A: Extra Holes. Allows for multiple

hook positioning. Specify number and spread(s)

required. Could increase headroom dimension,

consult factory.

Option B: Faspins. For ease of positioning

hooks with quick release. Specify number of faspins

required.

Option C: Extra Hooks. Allows for multiple pick

points. Specify number of hooks required.

Option D: Lower Headroom. Lifting pin located

between structural channel (hoist hook information

must be supplied).

Option A

Option B

Option C

Option D

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

95


• Four Point Lifting Beam – Model 27FThis low head room lifting beam has been

designed to handle large loads requiring multiple pick

points. This product can be designed to include options

such as adjustable spread options, adjustable bail for

off center load adjustment, and multiple overhead

hoists. Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20

Option A: Multiple Hoists. Can utilize 2 or 4

hoists to increase lifting capacity and stability.

Option B: Adjustable Bail. Used when load-

leveling capability is required along length of load.

Option C: Adjustable Spread. Required when

loads are of varying length and adjustability is required

in both directions.

Option A

Option B

Option C

• Three Point LiftingBeam – Model 27TThis low head room lifting beam has been

designed to handle large loads requiring multiple pick

points. This product can be designed to include options

such as adjustable spread options, adjustable bail for

off center load adjustment, and multiple overhead

hoists. Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20

Option A: Multiple Hoists. Can utilize 2 hoists to

increase lifting capacity and stability.

Option B: Adjustable Bail. Used when load-

leveling capability is required along length of load.

Option C: Adjustable Spread. Required when

loads are of varying length and adjustability is required

in both directions.

Option A

Option B

Option C

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


96


FIXED SPREADER BEAMMODEL 30

CAT. 30-2-4 30-2-6 30-2-8 30-2-10 30-2-12 30-2-16 30-2-20 30-2-24 A=1⁄2 F=41⁄42 H.R. 34 46 58 70 82 106 132 156 B=21⁄2 O=31⁄32

WGT. 45 60 82 95 115 225 408 445 C=5CAT. 30-5-4 30-5-6 30-5-8 30-5-10 30-5-12 30-5-16 30-5-20 30-5-24 A=1 F=6

5 H.R. 37 49 61 73 83 110 134 158 B=31⁄2 O=11⁄16

WGT. 62 78 100 117 168 305 435 661 C=7CAT. 30-10-4 30-10-6 30-10-8 30-10-10 30-10-12 30-10-1630-10-2030-10-24 A=11⁄4 F=81⁄8

10 H.R. 41 53 64 77 86 113 138 163 B=43⁄8 O=11⁄2WGT. 100 122 156 180 240 380 532 915 C=83⁄4CAT. 30-15-4 30-15-6 30-15-8 30-15-1030-15-1230-15-1630-15-2030-15-24 A=11⁄2 F=91⁄4

15 H.R. 43 55 65 80 92 116 140 167 B=51⁄4 O=13⁄4WGT. 126 155 185 242 270 420 665 953 C=101⁄2CAT. 30-20-4 30-20-6 30-20-8 30-20-1030-20-1230-20-1630-20-2030-20-24 A=13⁄4 F=11⁄2

20 H.R. 46 58 69 82 94 118 140 170 B=6 O=2WGT. 170 200 233 315 350 540 775 1,341 C=12CAT. 30-30-6 30-30-8 30-30-1030-30-1230-30-1630-30-20 A=13⁄4 F=93⁄4

30 H.R. 57 70 83 95 120 145 B=6 O=2WGT. 285 402 440 530 888 1,390 C=12CAT. 30-40-6 30-40-8 30-40-1030-40-1230-40-16 A=2 F=13

40 H.R. 65 77 89 102 127 B=7 O=23⁄4WGT. 563 695 781 1,058 1,364 C=14

Capacityin Tons 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 Other Dimensions

Spread in Feet

CAT. = Catalog Number H.R. = Head Room (inches) WGT. = Weight in lbs.

Weight is beam and hooks only, no top rigging.

• Fixed Spreader Beam –Model 30Ideal where head room is not limited. Adds

stability to lift. Available with standard chain or wire

rope rigging. Available with Adjust-A-Leg® rigging

for off center load adjustment (minimum lifting

capacity will be approximately 10–15% of beam

rating). Wide range of additional sizes and capacities

available. Designed and manufactured to ASME

B30.20.

SPECIFY TOP RIGGING OPTIONS

Option C: Chain top rigging from beam to

crane hook.

Option W: Wire rope top rigging from beam to

crane hook.

Option A: Adjust-A-Leg® sling top rigging for

off center load adjustment.

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

97


ADJUSTABLE SPREADER BEAMMODEL 32

CAT. 32-2-4/6 32-2-6/10 32-2-8/14 32-2-12/20 A=3⁄4 F=71⁄22 H.R. 57/43 89/67 121/91 165/127 B=23⁄4 O=1

WGT. 65 93 188 615 C=51⁄2CAT. 32-5-4/6 32-5-6/10 32-5-8/14 32-5-12/20 A=1 F=9

5 H.R. 59/45 91/69 123/93 167/129 B=31⁄2 O=11⁄2WGT. 96 150 195 665 C=7CAT. 32-10-4/6 32-10-6/10 32-10-8/14 32-10-12/20 A=1 F=111⁄2

10 H.R. 61/47 93/71 125/95 169/131 B=31⁄2 O=17⁄8WGT. 145 190 490 660 C=7CAT. 32-15-4/6 32-15-6/10 32-15-8/14 32-15-12/20 A=11⁄2 F=13

15 H.R. 63/49 93/71 125/100 170/140 B=51⁄4 O=13⁄4WGT. 195 416 775 880 C=101⁄2

Capacityin Tons 4 to 6 6 to 10 8 to 14 12 to 20* Other Dimensions

Spread in Feet (Adjustments in 1 inch increments minimum to maximum

CAT. = Catalog Number H.R. = Head Room (inches) minimum/maximum WGT. = Weight in lbs.

Weight is beam and hooks only, no top rigging.

*Hand crank top rigging option not available.

• Adjustable SpreaderBeam – Model 32Ideal where head room is not limited. Adds

stability to lift. Telescopic adjustable spread

standard. Available with standard chain or wire rope

rigging. Available with Adjust-A-Leg® rigging for

off center load adjustment (minimum lifting

capacity will be approximately 10–15% of beam

rating). Wide range of additional sizes and capacities

available. Designed and manufactured to ASME

B30.20.

SPECIFY TOP RIGGING OPTIONS

Option C: Chain top rigging from beam to

crane hook.

Option W: Wire rope top rigging from beam to

crane hook.

Option A: Adjust-A-Leg® sling top rigging for

off center load adjustment.

Option HC: Hand crank for easier adjustment

capabilities. Not available on 12-20 ft. models.

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


98


HEAVY DUTY “C” HOOKMODEL 82

82-5-36 36 24 24 30 55⁄16 4 373⁄8 11⁄2 4 7 11⁄4 4205 82-5-48 48 30 24 39 61⁄8 4 38 11⁄2 4 7 11⁄4 584

82-5-60 60 36 24 48 69⁄16 4 381⁄2 11⁄2 4 7 11⁄4 68082-71⁄2-36 36 24 24 30 55⁄8 4 371⁄2 11⁄2 4 7 11⁄2 615

71⁄2 82-71⁄2-48 48 30 24 39 65⁄16 4 381⁄4 11⁄2 4 7 11⁄2 77482-71⁄2-60 60 36 24 48 65⁄16 4 39 11⁄2 4 7 11⁄2 94282-10-48 48 30 24 39 71⁄4 4 411⁄4 2 5 9 13⁄4 928

10 82-10-60 60 36 24 48 71⁄4 4 411⁄4 2 5 9 13⁄4 1,29582-10-72 72 42 24 57 71⁄4 4 421⁄2 2 5 9 13⁄4 1,61682-15-48 48 30 30 39 71⁄4 4 477⁄8 21⁄4 5 9 13⁄4 1,450

15 82-15-60 60 36 30 48 8 4 48 21⁄4 5 9 13⁄4 1,82482-15-72 72 42 30 57 83⁄4 4 483⁄4 21⁄4 5 9 13⁄4 2,22782-20-60 60 36 30 48 91⁄8 4 521⁄8 21⁄4 6 12 2 2,175

2082-20-72 72 42 30 57 10 4 525⁄16 21⁄4 6 12 2 2,62582-25-60 60 36 34 48 9 4 573⁄4 21⁄2 6 14 21⁄4 2,820

2582-25-72 72 42 34 57 93⁄4 4 581⁄2 21⁄2 6 14 21⁄4 3,57082-30-60 60 36 34 48 97⁄8 4 583⁄4 23⁄4 6 14 21⁄2 3,180

3082-30-72 72 42 34 57 105⁄8 4 593⁄8 23⁄4 6 14 21⁄2 3,800

40 82-40-72 72 42 38 57 11 5 68 31⁄4 7 18 3 5,35050 82-50-84 84 48 40 641⁄2 13 6 717⁄8 33⁄4 7 18 3 7,470

Capacityin Tons

CatalogNumber Max.

Coil Width

Min. Throat Length LLifting Arm

Depth D Width WHDRM

HOpening

A

Bail DimensionsOpening

BOpening

CTHK.

TWeightin Lbs.

CAUTION: Center of gravity must be centered under crane hook to prevent tilting of the lifter and load.

“E” dimension is always one-half of maximum coil width. Additional sizes available, please inquire.

• Heavy Duty “C”Hook – Model 82Designed for heavy duty applications. High

tensile alloy steel plate reduces physical size and

weight. Counter balanced to hang level. Inside

radius on hooks avoid coil edge contact.

Curved coil saddle is standard. Guide handles

for ease of coil positioning. Handles a wide range of

coil widths. Available with optional padding for

additional coil protection. Designed and


WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

99


• Vacuum LiftersHook suspensed vacuum lifters are designed

for efficient one-person operation in lifts of semi-

porous and non-porous material. Vacuum units will

not mark or scratch material surfaces or edges.

Standard units are available as air powered or

electrical powered. Custom engineered units to your

specifications are available. Separate vacuum lifter

catalog detailing over 100 models available.

STANDARD INLINE PAD UNITSFOR NARROW APPLICATIONS

STANDARD MULTIPLE CROSSARM UNITS FOR WIDER APPLICATIONS

Model ASingle Pad

Model CQuad Pads

Model DTwin Crossarms

Model ETriple Crossarms

Model FQuad Crossarms

Model BTwin Pads

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


100


HEAVY DUTY SHEET LIFTERMODEL 60

60-3-48 16 48 28 21⁄2 8 11⁄2 3 5 3⁄4 1,0503 60-3-60 20 60 28 21⁄2 8 11⁄2 3 5 3⁄4 1,075

60-3-72 24 72 28 21⁄2 8 11⁄2 3 5 3⁄4 1,10060-5-48 16 48 29 21⁄2 8 2 4 6 1 1,250

5 60-5-60 20 60 29 21⁄2 8 2 4 6 1 1,07060-5-72 24 72 29 21⁄2 8 2 4 6 1 1,15060-10-48 16 48 34 31⁄2 10 2 4 7 11⁄4 1,45060-10-60 20 60 34 31⁄2 10 2 4 7 11⁄4 1,525

1060-10-72 24 72 34 31⁄2 10 2 4 7 11⁄4 1,62060-10-96 36 96 34 31⁄2 12 2 4 7 11⁄4 1,71060-15-72 24 72 37 31⁄2 12 21⁄2 5 9 11⁄2 2,080

1560-15-96 36 96 37 31⁄2 12 21⁄2 5 9 11⁄2 1,820

Capacityin Tons

CatalogNumber Max.

Bundle Width

Min.HDRM

HShoe

DMin.Aisle

OpeningA

Bail DimensionsOpening

BOpening

CTHK.

TWeightin Lbs.

CAUTION: Exceptionally thin or oiled sheets could pose a handling problem.

Additional sizes available, please inquire.

• Heavy Duty SheetLifter – Model 60Versatile handling of bundles of sheets and

other loads stacked horizontally. Low head room

design minimizes head room required for lift. One-

man operation minimizes handling cost. Self-locking

worm-gear leg drive system.

Easy adjustment for different sheet widths.

Higher strength tubular construction. Extra wide

rack and pinion leg drive. Designed for greater sheet

width range. Grabshoes are 15% longer than

standard duty. Hand wheel leg adjustment standard.

Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20.

PRODUCT OPTIONS

Code A: Motorized leg adjustment.

Code B: Chain-wheel leg adjustment.

Code C: Extended length hand wheel leg

adjustment.

Code D: End chains with plate hooks

(recommended for all widths 72 inches and greater).

Longer grabshoes and additional bundle

clearance (longer legs) available.

C A R G O R E S T R A I N T S

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


102


• Ratchet StrapAssembliesWorking load limit of assembly is based on

weakest component. Standard length is 27 ft., but

any length is available upon request.

STANDARD HANDLE2” web width — 3,335 lbs. working load limit4” web width — 5,400 lbs. working load limit

• Ratchet BucklesRatchet buckles are available for webbing

widths 1” to 4” with various handle configurations

to satisfy user preferences.

800 1” WIDE HANDLEBreaking strength 3,300 lbs.

Weight .74 lbs.1,100 lbs. working load limit

802 1” STANDARD HANDLEBreaking strength 3,670 lbs.

Weight 2.34 lbs.11,000 lbs. working load limit

803 2” LONG WIDE HANDLEBreaking strength 3,670 lbs.

Weight 2.44 lbs.11,000 lbs. working load limit

• Overcenter BuckleOvercenter buckles enable the user to put

additional tension on the strap through an effective

overcenter toggle action with minimum wear to the

webbing.

FE8265-1 1” OVERCENTER BUCKLEBreaking strength 3,000 lbs.

Weight .69 lbs.1,000 lbs. working load limit

WIDE HANDLE2” web width — 3,335 lbs. working load limit4” web width — 5,400 lbs. working load limit

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

103


Installation InformationAll winches shall be installed so the user can see the pawl, to ensure proper engagement. Additionally, the winch shall be positioned sothe pawl drops between the ratchet teeth by gravity. Winches shall never be installed in a position where the user cannot see the pawlengagement or where they must hold the pawl to engage the ratchet tooth. All winches, except portable and sliding styles, must be weldedor bolted to the vehicle structure. Minimum welding requirements are 1⁄4” fillet weld, 4” long on both sides of the frame, and 1⁄8”penetration. If winches are installed in track, the track shall be attached to vehicle structural members. The vehicle structure should haveequal or greater strength than the winch.

• Weld-OnWebbing WinchesWeld-on winches are designed to be

permanently mounted in a fixed position. 1820STANDARD

7820LOW PROFILE

• PortableWebbing WinchesPortable winches allow flexibility of winch

placement along the trailer side channel. 1820P2STANDARD

• Weld-OnCombination WinchesDouble-duty combination winches can hold

webbing or cable wire. 13008STANDARD

13002LOW PROFILE

• Weld-OnCable Winches

9820LSTANDARD

1820SSTORABLE

WINCHESRATED CAPACITY IN LBS

1820 5,500 81⁄2 47⁄8 51⁄2 21⁄2 9.21820P2 5,500 81⁄2 47⁄8 51⁄2 31⁄2 10.51820S 5,500 81⁄2 47⁄8 61⁄2 31⁄2 9.97820 5,500 81⁄2 47⁄8 43⁄8 4 9.19820L 3,335 81⁄2 47⁄8 51⁄2 31⁄2 9.613002 3,335* 101⁄16 61⁄2 43⁄8 4 10.713008 3,335* 101⁄16 61⁄2 51⁄2 31⁄2 10.7

PartNumber

WorkingLoadLimit A B C D

Weight(lbs.)

All measurements in inches.

* Working load limit for webbing. For wire cable, WLL is 5,500.

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


104


• Winch StrapAssembliesWinch straps are offered in a full line of 2”

and 4” web widths. Working load limit of assembly

is based on weakest component. Standard length is

27 ft., but any length is available upon request.

All winch straps are made from resin-coated

polyester for minimum stretch and maximum wear

resistance. These rugged straps provide the strength

and durability demanded in flatbed tie-down

requirements. All winch straps are labeled with their

working load limit to meet CVSA guidelines,

CHP standards, North American Cargo Securement

Standards, DOT regulations, and WSTDA recommended

standards.

2” web width — 3,335 lbs. working load limit4” web width — 5,400 lbs. working load limit

FLAT HOOK

DELTA RING

CHAIN ANCHOR

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

105


FLATBED ACCESSORIES

• Winch BarsAll winch bars feature a knurled non-slip

handle and a tapered, carbon-steel, slip resistant tip

for secure operation. Combination bars have a

modified end for use in tigtening chain binders.

• Hooks

37031 STANDARD WINCH BAR (CHROME PLATED)Length 35” — Weight 5 lbs.

10033 COMBINATION WINCH BAR (CHROME PLATED)Length 39.5” — Weight 6.5 lbs.

34038-4 2” FLAT HOOKBreaking Strength 5,500 lbs.

Weight .4 lbs.Working Load Limit 1,835 lbs.

1015 2” FLAT HOOKBreaking Strength 10,000 lbs.


1002-H 2” SNAP HOOKBreaking Strength 5,000 lbs.


1101 1” VINYL COATED S HOOKBreaking Strength 1,200 lbs.

Weight .31 lbs.Working Load Limit 400 lbs.

3704 3/8” GRAB HOOK ASSEMBLYBreaking Strength 16,200 lbs.

Weight 1.36 lbs.Working Load Limit 5,400 lbs.

1006-H 4” PLATED FLAT HOOKBreaking Strength 15,000 lbs.


WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


106


• Chain Anchor

3705-2 18” CHAIN ANCHORBreaking Strength 10,00 lbs.


• Corner ProtectorsDesigned to protect both strap and cargo.

37025 2”–4”CORNER PROTECTORS

• Logistic Track

FE8306-1 SERIES E or A SPRING LOADED FITTINGBreaking Strength 3,00 lbs.


• Rings

1703 1” D-RINGBreaking Strength 5,00 lbs.


1005-D 13⁄4” DEE RINGBreaking Strength 10,00 lbs.

Working Load Limit 2,000 lbs.

1026 2” FLAT DELTA RINGBreaking Strength 20,00 lbs.


1003-D 2” DELTA RINGBreaking Strength 10,00 lbs.

Working Load Limit 2,000 lbs.

R I G G I N G H A R D W A R E

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


108


• Shoulder Nut Eye BoltsForged Steel is Quenched and Tempered, and fatigue

rated at 11⁄2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000 cycles. All

Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading (UNC). Furnished with

standard Hot Dip galvanized, heavy hex nuts.

SHOULDER NUT EYE BOLTSG-277

1⁄4 x2 1045014 650 6.6 .25 .5 .88 .19 1.5 2 2.94 .5 .471⁄4 x4 1045032 650 9.1 .25 .5 .88 .19 2.5 4 4.94 .5 .47

5⁄16 x21⁄4 1045050 1200 12.5 .31 .62 1.12 .25 1.5 2.25 3.5 .69 .565⁄16 x41⁄4 1045078 1200 18.8 .31 .62 1.12 .25 2.5 4.25 5.5 .69 .563⁄8 x21⁄2 1045096 1550 21.4 .38 .75 1.38 .31 1.5 2.5 3.97 .78 .663⁄8 x41⁄2 1045112 1550 25.3 .38 .75 1.38 .31 2.5 4.5 5.97 .78 .661⁄2 x31⁄4 1045130 2600 42.6 .5 1 1.75 .38 1.5 3.25 5.12 1 .911⁄2 x6 1045158 2600 56.8 .5 1 1.75 .38 3 6 7.88 1 .915⁄8 x4 1045176 5200 68.6 .62 1.25 2.25 .5 2 4 6.44 1.31 1.125⁄8 x6 1045194 5200 102.4 .62 1.25 2.25 .5 3 6 8.44 1.31 1.123⁄4 x41⁄2 1045210 7200 144.5 .75 1.5 2.75 .62 2 4.5 7.44 1.56 1.383⁄4 x6 1045238 7200 167.5 .75 1.5 2.75 .62 3 6 8.94 1.56 1.387⁄8 x5 1045256 10600 225 .88 1.75 3.25 .75 2.5 5 8.46 1.84 1.561x6 1045292 13300 366.3 1 2 3.75 .88 3 6 9.97 2.09 1.811x9 1045318 13300 422.5 1 2 3.75 .88 4 9 12.97 2.09 1.81

11⁄4 x8 1045336 21000 650 1.25 2.5 4.5 1 4 8 12.72 2.47 2.2811⁄4 x12 1045354 21000 795 1.25 2.5 4.5 1 4 12 16.72 2.47 2.2811⁄2 x15 1045372 24000 1425 1.50 3 5.5 1.25 6 15 20.75 3 2.75

ShankDia. &Length

StockNo.

W.L.L.(lbs.)*

Weightper 100

(lbs.) A B C D E F G H J

G-277


* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.

Crosby products meet or exceed all requirements of ASME B30.26

including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and

temperature requirements. Importantly, Crosby products meet other

critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impact

properties and material traceability not addressed by ASME B30.26.

EYE BOLTS

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

109


• Shoulder Type Machinery Eye BoltsForged Steel is Quenched and Tempered, and fatigue

rated at 11⁄2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000 cycles.

Recommended for in-line pull. S-279 threaded UNC. M-279

metric threaded.

SHOULDER TYPE MACHINERY EYE BOLTSS-279 UNC & M-279 Metric

1⁄4 x1 9900182 650 5 1⁄4-20 1.02 1.13 .75 2.29 .19 .53 .75⁄16 x11⁄8 9900191 1200 9 5⁄16-18 1.15 1.38 .88 2.74 .25 .59 .93⁄8 x11⁄4 9900208 1550 15 3⁄8-16 1.27 1.62 1 3.07 .31 .69 11⁄2 x11⁄2 9900217 2600 28 1⁄2-13 1.53 1.95 1.19 3.7 .38 .91 1.25⁄8 x13⁄4 9900226 5200 55 5⁄8-11 1.79 2.38 1.38 4.45 .5 1.13 1.473⁄4 x2 9900235 7200 96 3⁄4-10 2.05 2.76 1.5 5.07 .63 1.38 1.647⁄8 x21⁄4 9900244 10600 154 7⁄8-9 2.31 3.25 1.75 5.87 .75 1.56 1.941x21⁄2 9900253 13300 238 1-8 2.57 3.76 2 6.66 .88 1.81 2.21

11⁄8 x23⁄4 9900257 15000 320 11⁄8-7 2.75 4.19 2.25 7.2 .97 2.06 2.3511⁄4 x3 9900262 21000 399 11⁄4-7 3.09 4.5 2.5 7.95 1 2.28 2.6111⁄2 x31⁄2 9900271 24000 720 11⁄2-6 3.6 5.5 3 9.49 1.25 2.75 3.1413⁄4 x33⁄4 9900280 34000 1040 13⁄4-5 3.75 6.26 3.5 10.48 1.38 3 3.6

2x4 9900289 42000 1900 2-41⁄2 4 7.62 4 12.31 1.81 3.38 4.521⁄2 x5 9900298 65000 3200 21⁄2-4 5 8.76 4.5 14.88 2.12 4.25 5.5M6x13 1045753 200 .03 M6x1 13 28.7 19.1 47 4.9 13.5 21.7M8x13 1045789 400 .05 M8x1.25 13 35.1 22.4 54.6 6.4 15 25.5

M10x17 1045833 640 .07 M10x1.5 17 41.1 25.4 64.3 7.9 17.5 26.5M12x20.5 1045869 1000 .11 M12x1.75 20.5 49.5 30.2 77.7 9.7 23.1 32.8M16x27 1045913 1800 .25 M16x2 27 60.5 35.1 96 12.7 28.7 40.3M20x30 1045995 2500 .42 M20x2.5 30 70 38.1 108 16 35.1 45M24x36 1046029 4000 1.05 M24x3 36 95.5 51 142 22.4 46 59.3M27x69.8 1046038 5000 1.42 M27x3 69.8 107 57.1 183 24.6 52.3 59.7M30x45 1046075 6000 1.77 M30x3.5 45 114 63.5 171 25.4 58 72M36x54 1046109 8500 3.12 M36x4 54 140 76 207 31.8 70 88M42x95.2 1046118 14000 4.58 M42x4.5 95.2 159 88.9 266 35 76.2 91.4M48x102 1046127 17300 8.71 M48x5 102 194 101 313 46 85.9 114M64x127 1046136 29500 14.74 M64x6 127 223 114 378 53.8 108 140

Shank Dia.& Length Stock No.

WorkingLoad Limit* Weight

AThread B C D E F G H

S-279/M-279

UNC dimensions are in inches, Metric dimensions are in millimeters. UNC weight is per 100 in lbs., Metric weight is each in kg.UNC working load limit is in lbs., Metric working load limit is in kg.

**Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.

M-2

79 M

ETRI

CS-

279

UN

C






WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


110


• Forged Regular Nut Eye BoltsForged Steel is Quenched and Tempered, and fatigue rated at 11⁄2

times the Working Load Limit at 20,000 cycles. All Bolts Hot Dip

galvanized after threading (UNC). Furnished with standard Hot Dip

galvanized, heavy hex nuts and recommended for in-line pull only.

FORGED REGULAR NUT EYE BOLTSG-291

1⁄4 x2 1043230 650 8.2 .25 .5 1 .25 1.5 2 3.06 .561⁄4 x4 1043258 650 11.7 .25 .5 1 .25 2.5 4 5.06 .56

5⁄16 x21⁄4 1043276 1200 13.3 .31 .62 1.25 .31 1.5 2.25 3.56 .695⁄16 x41⁄4 1043294 1200 25 .31 .62 1.25 .31 2.5 4.25 5.56 .693⁄8 x21⁄2 1043310 1550 23.3 .38 .75 1.5 .38 1.5 2.5 4.12 .883⁄8 x41⁄2 1043338 1550 29.5 .38 .75 1.5 .38 2.5 4.5 6.12 .883⁄8 x6 1043356 1550 35.2 .38 .75 1.5 .38 2.5 6 7.62 .881⁄2 x31⁄4 1043374 2600 50.3 .5 1 2 .5 1.5 3.25 5.38 1.121⁄2 x6 1043392 2600 66.1 .5 1 2 .5 3 6 8.12 1.121⁄2 x8 1043418 2600 82 .5 1 2 .5 3 8 10.12 1.121⁄2 x10 1043436 2600 88 .5 1 2 .5 3 10 12.12 1.121⁄2 x12 1043454 2600 114.2 .5 1 2 .5 3 12 14.12 1.125⁄8 x4 1043472 5200 103.1 .62 1.25 2.5 .62 2 4 6.69 1.445⁄8 x6 1043490 5200 118.2 .62 1.25 2.5 .62 3 6 8.69 1.445⁄8 x8 1043515 5200 135.1 .62 1.25 2.5 .62 3 8 10.69 1.445⁄8 x10 1043533 5200 153.6 .62 1.25 2.5 .62 3 10 12.69 1.445⁄8 x12 1043551 5200 167.1 .62 1.25 2.5 .62 4 12 14.69 1.443⁄4 x41⁄2 1043579 7200 168.6 .75 1.5 3 .75 2 4.5 7.69 1.693⁄4 x6 1043597 7200 184.5 .75 1.5 3 .75 3 6 9.19 1.693⁄4 x8 1043613 7200 207.9 .75 1.5 3 .75 3 8 11.19 1.693⁄4 x10 1043631 7200 235 .75 1.5 3 .75 3 10 13.19 1.693⁄4 x12 1043659 7200 257.5 .75 1.5 3 .75 4 12 15.19 1.693⁄4 x15 1043677 7200 298 .75 1.5 3 .75 5 15 18.19 1.697⁄8 x5 1043695 10600 270 .88 1.75 3.5 .88 2.5 5 8.75 27⁄8 x8 1043711 10600 308 .88 1.75 3.5 .88 4 8 11.75 27⁄8 x12 1043739 10600 400 .88 1.75 3.5 .88 4 12 15.75 21x6 1043757 13300 421 1 2 4 1 3 6 10.31 2.311x9 1043775 13300 468.5 1 2 4 1 4 9 13.31 2.311x12 1043793 13300 540 1 2 4 1 4 12 16.31 2.311x18 1043819 13300 650 1 2 4 1 7 18 22.31 2.31

11⁄4 x8 1043837 21000 750 1.25 2.5 5 1.25 4 8 13.38 2.8811⁄4 x12 1043855 21000 900 1.25 2.5 5 1.25 4 12 17.38 2.8811⁄4 x20 1043873 21000 1210 1.25 2.5 5 1.25 6 20 25.38 2.88

ShankDia. &Length

StockNo.

W.L.L.(lbs.)*

Weightper 100

(lbs.) A B C D E F G H

G-291


* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.






WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

111


Starpoint VRS

• Starpoint VRS Eye BoltsStarpoint VRS eyebolts are easily adjusted to the

direction of pull.

STARPOINT VRS EYE BOLTS

VRS-3⁄8”-16UNC 2200 880 .22 15⁄16 7⁄16 5⁄16 1 1 11⁄8 17⁄8 3⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄4 9⁄16

VRS-1⁄2”-13UNC 4400 1650 .44 15⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄8 13⁄16 13⁄16 15⁄16 23⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄2 5⁄16 11⁄16

VRS-5⁄8”-11UNC 8820 3300 .66 115⁄16 9⁄16 9⁄16 13⁄8 13⁄8 19⁄16 29⁄16 15⁄16 5⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄8VRS-3⁄4”-10UNC 13250 5070 1.1 21⁄4 11⁄16 11⁄16 19⁄16 19⁄16 2 215⁄16 11⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄2 11⁄16

VRS-7⁄8”-9UNC 13250 5070 1.1 21⁄4 11⁄16 11⁄16 19⁄16 19⁄16 2 215⁄16 15⁄16 14⁄16 1⁄2 11⁄16

VRS-1”-8UNC 17630 7050 2 23⁄4 13⁄16 13⁄16 17⁄8 115⁄16 23⁄8 39⁄16 11⁄2 1 9⁄16 15⁄16

VRS-11⁄4”-7UNC 26450 9920 3.7 33⁄8 1 1 23⁄8 23⁄8 215⁄16 47⁄16 17⁄8 11⁄4 5⁄8 15⁄8VRS-11⁄2”-6UNC 35270 15430 6.4 41⁄16 11⁄4 11⁄4 213⁄16 215⁄16 39⁄16 55⁄16 21⁄8 11⁄2 7⁄16 115⁄16

VRS-13⁄4”-5UNC 52900 19480 10.2 43⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄2 31⁄4 31⁄8 41⁄8 61⁄4 21⁄2 13⁄4 1 21⁄2VRS-2”-4,5UNC 70550 26450 15.4 53⁄8 111⁄16 111⁄16 311⁄16 315⁄16 43⁄4 71⁄16 213⁄16 2 12⁄16 55⁄8VRS-M 8 2200 880 0,1 kg 34 11 8,5 25 25 28 47 12 8 6 15VRS-M 10 2200 880 0,1 kg 34 11 8,5 25 25 28 47 15 10 6 15VRS-M 12 4400 1650 0,2 kg 42 13 10 30 30 34 56 18 12 8 18VRS-M 16 8820 3300 0,3 kg 49 15 14 35 35 40 65 24 16 10 22VRS-M 20 13250 5070 0,5 kg 57 17 16 40 40 50 75 30 20 12 27,5VRS-M 24 17630 7050 0,9 kg 70 21 19 48 50 60 90 36 24 14 33VRS-M 30 26450 9920 1,7 kg 86 26 24 60 60 75 112 45 30 17 41,5VRS-M 36 35270 15430 2,9 kg 103 32 29 72 75 90 135 54 36 22 49,5VRS-M 42 52900 19480 4,6 kg 120 38 34 82 85 105 158 63 42 24 58VRS-M 48 70550 26450 7,0 kg 137 43 38 94 100 120 180 72 48 27 66

Type Vertical

Working Load Limit

90° Weight A B C D E G K L M N S

UNC dimensions are in inches, Metric dimensions are in millimeters.

Weight is in pounds except as noted. Working Load Limit is in lbs.

MET

RIC

UN

C

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


112


TURNBUCKLESTurnbuckles meet or exceed the performance requirements of ASTM

F-1145. Hot Dip Galvanized Steel. Recommended for straight or in-

line pull only. Larger sizes and lock nuts available by request. Large

jaw sizes available with bolts and nuts by request.

When ordering, please specify:

First—Diameter of thread

Second—Length of take-up

Third—Type of end fittings desired.

TURNBUCKLES

1⁄4 x4 81⁄4 .31 .33 .355⁄16 x41⁄2 99⁄16 .5 .53 .583⁄8 x6 117⁄8 .79 .86 .931⁄2 x6 135⁄16 1.42 1.54 1.661⁄2 x9 165⁄16 1.83 1.95 2.071⁄2 x12 195⁄16 2.01 2.19 2.375⁄8 x6 151⁄2 2.61 2.81 3.025⁄8 x9 181⁄2 2.81 3.01 3.225⁄8 x12 211⁄2 3.12 3.32 3.535⁄8 x18 281⁄8 6 6.2 6.43⁄4 x6 171⁄16 3.6 3.87 4.183⁄4 x9 201⁄8 4.69 4.98 5.273⁄4 x12 231⁄16 5.07 5.36 5.653⁄4 x18 291⁄16 6.21 6.51 6.817⁄8 x12 245⁄8 8.1 8.75 9.47⁄8 x18 305⁄8 9.93 10.6 11.21x6 205⁄8 8.75 9.15 9.51x12 265⁄8 10.4 11.2 12.11x18 325⁄8 13.2 14.1 14.91x24 385⁄8 15.9 16.8 17.6

11⁄4 x12 297⁄8 19 20.5 2211⁄4 x18 357⁄8 23.4 24.9 26.411⁄4 x24 417⁄8 27.8 29.3 30.911⁄2 x12 323⁄8 26.1 28.2 30.311⁄2 x18 383⁄8 37.5 39.6 41.811⁄2 x24 443⁄8 43.1 45.2 47.311⁄2 x36 583⁄4 52.6 54.8 5713⁄4 x18 413⁄4 45 48.8 52.413⁄4 x24 473⁄4 52.2 56 59.6

2x24 513⁄4 89.8 94.6 10021⁄2 x24 581⁄2 140 150 16123⁄4 x24 611⁄2 194 200 216

Diameterx

Take-Up Length*w/Eyes

or Hooks

WEIGHT EACHJaw &Eye

Jaw &Jaw


Jaw end fittings sizes:1/4 – 5/8 have bolts and nuts.3/4 – 2 3/4 have pins and cotters.

*Overall length in closed position

Eye & Eye Hook & Eye Hook & Hook

Jaw & Eye Jaw & Jaw

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

113


• Turnbuckle End FittingsAll dimensions are in inches.

HOOK

400 1⁄4 15⁄8 7⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄4700 5⁄16 129⁄32 1⁄2 7⁄16 5⁄16

1000 3⁄8 29⁄32 9⁄16 17⁄32 3⁄81500 1⁄2 227⁄32 21⁄32 11⁄16 1⁄22250 5⁄8 317⁄32 27⁄32 27⁄32 5⁄83000 3⁄4 45⁄16 31⁄32 1 3⁄44000 7⁄8 5 11⁄8 13⁄16 7⁄85000 1 511⁄16 11⁄4 13⁄8 1

RatedLoad

Pounds A B C D E

EYE

500 1⁄4 125⁄32 11⁄32 25⁄32 7⁄32

800 5⁄16 23⁄16 7⁄16 15⁄16 9⁄32

1200 3⁄8 29⁄16 17⁄32 11⁄8 11⁄32

2200 1⁄2 37⁄32 23⁄32 17⁄16 7⁄16

3500 5⁄8 37⁄8 7⁄8 13⁄4 1⁄25200 3⁄4 411⁄16 1 21⁄8 5⁄87200 7⁄8 51⁄4 11⁄4 23⁄8 3⁄4

10000 1 63⁄8 17⁄16 3 7⁄815200 11⁄4 73⁄4 113⁄16 39⁄16 11⁄821400 11⁄2 85⁄8 21⁄8 41⁄8 11⁄428000 13⁄4 10 23⁄8 411⁄16 11⁄237000 2 121⁄8 211⁄16 53⁄4 13⁄460000 21⁄2 139⁄16 31⁄8 61⁄2 275000 23⁄4 15 31⁄4 7 21⁄4

RatedLoad

Pounds A B C D E

JAW

500 1⁄4 15⁄8 13⁄32 5⁄8 9⁄32 1⁄2 1⁄4 5⁄8800 5⁄16 2 15⁄32 7⁄8 9⁄32 1⁄2 1⁄4 11⁄16

1200 3⁄8 23⁄16 1⁄2 7⁄8 5⁄16 19⁄32 5⁄16 13⁄16

2200 1⁄2 23⁄4 5⁄8 11⁄16 13⁄32 3⁄4 3⁄8 13500 5⁄8 31⁄2 3⁄4 15⁄16 1⁄2 11⁄32 1⁄2 15⁄16

5200 3⁄4 41⁄8 15⁄16 11⁄2 9⁄16 19⁄32 5⁄8 15⁄87200 7⁄8 427⁄32 11⁄8 13⁄4 11⁄16 115⁄32 3⁄4 17⁄8

10000 1 517⁄32 13⁄16 21⁄16 25⁄32 121⁄32 7⁄8 21⁄815200 11⁄4 73⁄16 13⁄4 213⁄16 1 23⁄32 11⁄8 25⁄821400 11⁄2 77⁄8 21⁄16 213⁄16 11⁄16 215⁄32 13⁄8 31⁄828000 13⁄4 93⁄8 23⁄8 33⁄8 11⁄4 229⁄32 15⁄8 31⁄237000 2 107⁄8 21⁄2 311⁄16 19⁄16 317⁄32 2 43⁄16

60000 21⁄2 1311⁄16 27⁄8 47⁄16 19⁄16 45⁄8 21⁄4 55⁄875000 23⁄4 15 31⁄2 43⁄16 15⁄8 53⁄8 23⁄4 61⁄8

RatedLoad

Pounds A B C D E F G H

Hook

Eye

Jaw

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


114


LONG REACH SHACKLESLong Reach Shackles feature a deep, wide throat for maximum

versatility and are available in six sizes with working load limits

ranging from 7,000 to 50,000 lbs. They may be purchased in screw

pin or bolt type options. Long Reach Shackles:

• Have wider and deeper clearances for applications where

traditional shackles are not practical

• Are rated for overhead lifting

• Are load rated with working load limit marked on the shackle

• Meet the requirements of ASME B30.26 Rigging Hardware

• Have a design factor of 5:1

• Have bodies and pins forged from alloy steel

• Are Quench and tempered

• Are available self-colored or painted orange

• Are made in the USA

LONG REACH SHACKLES

7,000 M7151 M7151P 1.8 .75 .63 4 2.25 1.5710,000 M7152 M7152P 2.72 .88 .75 4.56 2.75 1.8119,000 M7154 M7154P 5.86 1 1 5.5 3.25 2.3828,000 M7156 M7156P 11.9 1.38 1.25 6.25 3.88 3.0634,000 M7157 M7157P 19.6 1.63 1.5 7 4.5 3.550,000 M7177 M7177P 30.7 2 1.75 8 5.25 47,000 M9151 M9151P 1.95 .75 .63 4 2.25 1.57

10,000 M9152 M9152P 3.21 .88 .75 4.56 2.75 1.8119,000 M9154 M9154P 6.31 1 1 5.5 3.25 2.3828,000 M9156 M9156P 12.9 1.38 1.25 6.25 3.88 3.0634,000 M9157 M9157P 20.7 1.63 1.5 7 4.5 3.550,000 M9177 M9177P 33.3 2 1.75 8 5.25 4

WorkingLoadLimit(lbs.)

SelfColored

Product Code

PaintedWeight(lbs.) P D L W


BOLT

TYP

ESC

REW

PIN

G

WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

115


UNC SWIVEL HOIST RINGSIndividually Proof Tested to 21⁄2 times Working Load

Limit. Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket

head cap screw to ASTM A 574. All threads listed are

UNC. Frame 2 and larger are RFID equipped. Metric

threads and alternate styles are available.

Top washer has the following features:

• The Working Load Limit and Recommended

Torque value are permanently stamped into

each washer.

• Washer is color coded for easy identification:

Red = UNC thread.


*Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

**Ultimate Load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit for 7000 lb. Hoist Ring when tested in 90 degree orientation.

†Long Bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece. While the long bolts may also be used with ferrousmetal (i.e.,steel and iron) work piece, short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces only.

‡Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574.

#Hex head bolt used on Frame 8 (100,000 lb.) Hoist Ring.

SWIVEL HOIST RINGSHR-125 UNC THREADS

1† 1016887 800 7 5⁄16-18x1.5 .58 2.72 .97 .46 .34 1.87 1.12 .371† 1016898 1000 12 3⁄8-16x1.5 .58 2.72 .97 .46 .34 1.87 1.05 .392 1016909 2500 28 1⁄2-13x2 .7 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.29 2.332† 1016912 2500 28 1⁄2-13x2.5 1.2 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.29 2.362 1016920 4000 60 5⁄8-11x2 .7 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.16 2.412† 1016924 4000 60 5⁄8-11x2.75 1.45 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.16 2.472 1016931 5000 100 3⁄4-10x2.25 .95 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.04 2.522† 1016935 5000 100 3⁄4-10x2.75 1.45 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.04 2.593 1016942 7000** 100 3⁄4-10x2.75 .89 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.97 6.723† 1016946 7000** 100 3⁄4-10x3.5 1.64 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.97 6.813 1016953 8000 160 7⁄8-9x2.75 .89 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.84 6.843† 1016957 8000 160 7⁄8-9x3.5 1.64 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.84 6.963 1016964 10000 230 1-8x3 1.14 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.72 7.093† 1016969 10000 230 1-8x4 2.14 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.72 7.314 1016975 15000 470 11⁄4-7x4.5 2.21 8.72 3.71 1.75 1.19 6.18 3.93 14.515 1016986 24000 800 11⁄2-6x6.5 2.97 12.42 4.71 2.39 1.75 8.48 5.64 37.735 1016997 30000 1100 2-41⁄2 x6.5 2.97 12.42 4.71 2.39 1.75 8.48 5.14 40.696 1017001 50000 2100 21⁄2-4x8 4 16.88 5.75 3 2.25 11 8.03 887 1017005 75000 4300 3-4x10.5 5 19.5 7.25 3.75 2.75 14.16 8.5 1668 1017009 100000 5100 31⁄2-4x13# 7 22.09 7.75 4 3.25 15.91 9.28 265

FrameSize No.

Stock No.

WorkingLoadLimit(lbs.)

Torquein

Ft. Lbs. Bolt Size A‡

EffectiveThread

ProjectionLength

B C DRadius

EDiameter

F G HWeighteach

HR-125

WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


116


• Forged Crosby® ClipsLook for the Red-U-Bolt,® your assurance of Genuine Crosby Clips. Each

base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability, the name

CROSBY or CG, and a size forged into it.

Based on the catalog breaking strength of wire rope, Crosby wire rope clips

have an efficiency rating of 80% for 1⁄8”-7⁄8” sizes, and 90% for sizes 1” through

31⁄2”. Sizes 1⁄8” through 21⁄2” and 3” have forged bases. Clip sizes up through 11⁄2”

have rolled threads.

All sizes 1⁄4” and larger meet performance requirements of Federal Specification

FF-C-450 Type 1 Class 1, except for those provisions required of the contractor. Entire

Clip is galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting action. All Clips are individually

bagged or tagged with proper application instructions and warning information.

WIRE ROPE CLIPS

Dimensions in inches except as noted.

* Electro-plated U-Bolt and Nuts.

**23⁄4 and 31⁄2” base is made of cast steel.

FORGED CROSBY® CLIPSG-450

1⁄8* 3-4* 1010015 100 6 .22 .72 .44 .47 .37 .38 .81 .993⁄16* 5* 1010033 100 10 .25 .97 .56 .59 .5 .44 .94 1.181⁄4 6-7 1010051 100 19 .31 1.03 .5 .75 .66 .56 1.19 1.435⁄16 8 1010079 100 28 .38 1.38 .75 .88 .73 .69 1.31 1.663⁄8 9-10 1010097 100 48 .44 1.5 .75 1 .91 .75 1.63 1.947⁄16 11 1010113 50 78 .5 1.88 1 1.19 1.13 .88 1.91 2.281⁄2 12-13 1010131 50 80 .5 1.88 1 1.19 1.13 .88 1.91 2.289⁄16 14-15 1010159 50 109 .56 2.25 1.25 1.31 1.34 .94 2.06 2.55⁄8 16 1010177 50 110 .56 2.25 1.25 1.31 1.34 .94 2.06 2.53⁄4 18-20 1010195 25 142 .62 2.75 1.44 1.5 1.39 1.06 2.25 2.847⁄8 22 1010211 25 212 .75 3.12 1.62 1.75 1.58 1.25 2.44 3.16

1 24-26 1010239 10 252 .75 3.5 1.81 1.88 1.77 1.25 2.63 3.4711⁄8 28-30 1010257 10 283 .75 3.88 2 2 1.91 1.25 2.81 3.5911⁄4 32-34 1010275 10 438 .88 4.44 2.22 2.31 2.17 1.44 3.13 4.1313⁄8 36 1010293 10 442 .88 4.44 2.22 2.38 2.31 1.44 3.13 4.1911⁄2 38 1010319 10 544 .88 4.94 2.38 2.59 2.44 1.44 3.41 4.4415⁄8 41-42 1010337 Bulk 704 1 5.31 2.62 2.75 2.66 1.63 3.63 4.7513⁄4 44-46 1010355 Bulk 934 1.13 5.75 2.75 3.06 2.92 1.81 3.81 5.242 48-52 1010373 Bulk 1300 1.25 6.44 3 3.38 3.28 2 4.44 5.8821⁄4 56-58 1010391 Bulk 1600 1.25 7.13 3.19 3.88 3.19 2 4.56 6.3821⁄2 62-65 1010417 Bulk 1900 1.25 7.69 3.44 4.13 3.69 2 4.05 6.6323⁄4** 68-72** 1010435 Bulk 2300 1.25 8.31 3.56 4.38 4.88 2 5 6.883 75-78 1010453 Bulk 3100 1.5 9.19 3.88 4.75 4.44 2.38 5.31 7.6131⁄2** 85-90** 1010426 Bulk 4000 1.5 10.75 4.5 5.5 6 2.38 6.19 8.38

(in.)

Rope Size

(mm) Stock No.

Std.Package

Qty.

Weight per 100

(lbs.) A B C D E F GH

G-450






WAR

NIN

G: D

o no

t us

e, o

r al

low

the

use

of

the

prod

ucts

in t

his

cata

log,

unl

ess

the

user

has

read

and

und

erst

ands

the

app

licab

le in

stru

ctio

ns a

nd p

rodu

ct w

arni

ngs.

Info

rmat

ion

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t.


913.371.13571.800.952.8658

FAX 913.371.8547


66105

117


• Stainless Steel Wire Rope ClipsEach base has a Product Identification Code

(PIC) for material traceability, the name CROSBY

or “CG,” and a size forged into it. Entire clip is

made from 316 Stainless Steel to resist corrosive

and rusting action. All components are Electro-

Polished. All Clips are individually bagged or

tagged with proper application instructions and

warning information.


STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPE CLIPSSS-450

1⁄8 3-4 1011250 Bulk 6 .22 .72 .44 .47 .41 .38 .81 .943⁄16 5 1011261 Bulk 10 .25 .97 .56 .59 .5 .44 .94 1.161⁄4 6-7 1011272 Bulk 20 .31 1.03 .5 .75 .66 .56 1.19 1.443⁄8 9-10 1011283 Bulk 47 .44 1.5 .75 1 .91 .75 1.63 1.941⁄2 12-13 1011305 Bulk 77 .5 1.88 1 1.19 1.13 .88 1.91 2.285⁄8 16 1011327 Bulk 106 .56 2.38 1.25 1.31 1.34 .94 2.06 2.5

(in.)

Rope Size

(mm) Stock No.

Std.Package

Qty.

Weight per 100

(lbs.) A B C D E F G

SS-450






WARN

ING





913.371.13571.800.952.8658FAX 913.371.8547


118


• Fist Grip® Wire Rope ClipsFist Grip® wire clips meet or exceed the performance

requirements of Federal Specification FF-C-450 Type III, Class 1,

except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Entire clip is Galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting action.

Based on the catalog breaking strength of wire rope, Crosby wire

rope clips have an efficiency rating of 80% for 3⁄16”-7⁄8” sizes, and

90% for sizes 1" through 11⁄2”.

Bolts are an integral part of the saddle. Nuts can be installed

in such a way as to enable the operator to swing the wrench in a

full arc for fast installation. All sizes have forged steel saddles.

Assembled with standard heavy hex nuts.

All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper

application instructions and warning information.


*Sizes through 5⁄8” incorporate New Style design.

FIRST GRIP® WIRE ROPE CLIPSG-429

3⁄16-1⁄4 5-7 1010471 100 23 .40 .94 .38 1.41 1.445⁄16 8 1010499 100 28 .47 1.06 .38 1.5 1.543⁄8 10 1010514 50 40 .51 1.06 .44 1.84 1.78

7⁄16-1⁄2 11-13 1010532 50 62 .59 1.25 .5 2.21 2.159⁄16-5⁄8 14-16 1010550 50 103 .72 1.5 .63 2.72 2.57

3⁄4 18-20 1010578 25 175 .86 1.81 .75 2.94 2.677⁄8 22 1010596 25 225 .97 2.12 .75 3.31 2.861 24-26 1010612 10 300 1.13 2.25 .75 3.72 3.06

11⁄8 28-30 1010630 10 400 1.28 2.38 .88 4.22 3.4411⁄4 32-34 1010658 10 400 1.34 2.5 .88 4.25 3.56

13⁄8-11⁄2 36-40 1010676 Bulk 700 1.56 3 1 5.56 4.12

(in.)*

Rope Size

(mm) Stock No.

Std.Package

Qty.

Weight per 100

(lbs.) C D E G N

3⁄16”-5⁄8” 3⁄4-11⁄2”G-429






• The Crosby GroupRigging Hardware, Blocks, Swivels, Overhaul Bells, Lifting

Clamps, Chain and Chain Accessories

• CM (Columbus McKinnon)Chain and Chain Slings, Hoists, Lifting Clamps, Rigging

Hardware, Abell-Howe Jibs, Cady Lifters

• Cooper ToolsCampbell Chain, Lifting Clamps, Rigging Hardware

• The Caldwell GroupSpreader Beams, Special Rigging and Lifting Devices

• LetellierMaterial Handling

• Chicago HardwareRigging Hardware

• Newco ManufacturingRigging Hardware

• C. Sherman JohnsonStainless Steel Architectural Hardware

• ActekHoist Rings

• SuncorStainless Steel Chain, Wire and Hardware

• JohnsonBlocks, Swivels, Overhaul Balls

• WireCo WorldGroup (Union Wire Rope)Wire Rope and Wire Rope Assemblies

• Bridon AmericanWire Rope

• Casar AmericaWire Rope

• YaleCordage

• Harrington HoistManual and Electric Hoists

• ThernWenches, Cranes, Hoists

• Lug-AllManual Cable Hoists

• J.C. RenfroeLifting Clamps

• EnerpacHyrdraulic Pumps, Cylinders and Tools

• KinedyneCargo Control

• Capital Safety (D.B.I./Protecta)Fall Protection

• Fall TechFall Protection

MANUFACTURERS REPRESENTED

AmericanRigger’sSupply, Inc.

AmericanRigger’sSupply, Inc.

1010 Kansas AvenueKansas City, Kansas 66105913 371 1357Toll Free: 800 952 8658Fax: 913 371 8547

[email protected]

Am

eric

an

Rig

gers

Su

pply

,Inc.

American Riggers Catalog

Documents

Transcript of American Riggers Catalog